08 Nov 2017 182450743EJR0QBDGADSGujarmal PDF

Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital and Research Center for Medical Sciences at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New
Delhi
being developed by M/s Gujarmal Modi Hospital and Research Center for Medical Sciences.
Annexure A
Copy of EIA Report
PROJECT PROPONENT: ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT:

Page
M/S GUJARMAL MODI HOSPITAL AND M/S PERFACT ENVIRO SOLUTIONS PVT. LTD.
3 of 8
RESEARCH CENTER FOR MEDICAL SCIENCES.
ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
FOR
“Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences”
AT
Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi-110017
Built Up Area : 400865.9 Sq. m
Category : 8(b)
Cost of Project : Rs. 1500 crores
Proposal NO: IA/DL/NCP/63681/2017

TOR No: No.21-124/2017-IA-III
Being Developed by:

Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences
New Delhi-110017
Contact person: Kamalapati Kashyap (Secretary)
Phone No.: 9650490511
Email-id: [email protected]
Environment Consultant:
M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd
(NABET List ‘A’ of Registered Consultants /Rev 58/16th October 2017 /S.no. 107)
5th Floor, NN Mall, Manglam Place
Sector 3, Rohini, New Delhi
Email: [email protected]; Phone: 011- 49281360
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS................................................................................................................2
LIST OF FIGURES ........................................................................................................................5
LIST OF TABLES ..........................................................................................................................6
ENCLOSURE 1: FORM 1 & 1A....................................................................................................8
ENCLOSURE 2: TOR LETTER ................................................................................................. 49
ENCLOSURE 3: TOR COMPLIANCE ...................................................................................... 53
ENCLOSURE 4: ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT ................................. 58
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................59

PROFILE OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT: ............................................................................59
NAME AND CONTACT OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT .......................................................59
IMPLEMENTING ORGANIZATION ...........................................................................................59
PROJECT CONSULTANTS INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT:.....................................................59
METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................................60
LAND DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................61
ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT ..................................61
CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................64
GOAL & OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT: ................................................................................64
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PROJECT: .........................................................................................64
CRITERIA FOR SELECTION OF SITE: .....................................................................................64
RESOURCE AND MANPOWER REQUIREMENT: ....................................................................69
TIME FRAME OF THE PROJECT:.............................................................................................69
BRIEF DESCRFIPTION: .............................................................................................................69
POPULATION .............................................................................................................................74
WATER SUPPLY SOURCE AND CONSUMPTIONS & WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT: ......75
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................75
POWER SUPPLY SOURCE AND REQUIREMENT: ................................................................76
AIR POLLUTION .......................................................................................................................77
PARKING MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................77
COST OF THE PROJECT .........................................................................................................77
ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY OF THE SITE: ........................................................................77
MAPS/ TOPOSHEETS ATTACHED: .........................................................................................77
BUILDING MATERIAL USED ..................................................................................................77
CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .........................................................................79
INTRODUCTION .........................................................................................................................79
TOPOGRAPHY ............................................................................................................................79
METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................................80
METEOROLOGY .........................................................................................................................81
MICRO - METEOROLOGICAL DATA ........................................................................................91
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY .............................................................................................................93
Water Regime ...............................................................................................................................99
WATER QUALITY ..................................................................................................................... 101
NOISE QUALITY ...................................................................................................................... 112
SOIL QUALITY ....................................................................................................................... 117
Land Use ................................................................................................................................. 125
FLORA AND FAUNA.............................................................................................................. 129
SOCIO-ECONOMIC SCENARIO ........................................................................................... 148
Demographic Profile of Study Area ........................................................................................ 149
Work Profile of Study Area ..................................................................................................... 151
PRIMARY DATA COLLECTION ........................................................................................................... 151
TRAFFIC DENSITY ................................................................................................................ 154
CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES........... 158
LAND ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................ 158
IMPACT ON SOIL .................................................................................................................... 160
IMPACT DUE TO SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL ........................................................................ 162
AIR ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................ 164
WATER ENVIRONMENT.......................................................................................................... 165
NOISE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................... 168
IMPACT ON ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ....................................................................... 170
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................................... 170
SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITION........................................................................................... 173
CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGIES & SITE) ...................................... 177
CONSERVATION MEASURES ................................................................................................. 177
CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN..................................................................... 180
DETAILS OF MONITORING TO JUDGE EFFECTIVENESS OF MEASURES ...................... 180
CHAPTER 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................... 190
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION .................................................................................................... 190
VULNERABILITY ANALYSIS ................................................................................................... 191
RISK ANALYSIS ........................................................................................................................ 191
ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN .................................................................................................. 192
OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN ................................................................................................ 199
SECURITY PLAN ...................................................................................................................... 199
EVACUATION PLAN ................................................................................................................ 200
CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS ........................................................................................................ 203
CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................... 204
Air Environment ........................................................................................................................ 205
Water Environment ................................................................................................................... 206
Noise Environment .................................................................................................................... 217
Parking Management: ............................................................................................................... 221
Waste Management ................................................................................................................... 221
Plantation .................................................................................................................................. 225
Environment Management Cost ................................................................................................ 227
Environment Management Team- Roles & Responsibilities ..................................................... 228
HEALTH, SAFETY & OCCUPATIONAL MEASURES ............................................................. 229
CHAPTER 10: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION .................................................................................. 232
CHAPTER 11: DISCLOSURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT .............................................. 234
ENCLOSURE 5: TOR LETTER ............................................................................................... 239
ENCLOSURE 6: LAND PAPERS ............................................................................................. 240
ENCLOSURE 7: TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP ............................................................................ 241
ENCLOSURE 8: SITE LAYOUT PLAN ................................................................................... 242
ENCLOSURE 9: CONSENT TO ESTABLISH......................................................................... 243
ENCLOSURE 10: CONSENT TO OPERATE .......................................................................... 244
ENCLOSURE 11: HSD LICENSE ............................................................................................ 245
ENCLOSURE 12: SERVICE PLAN .......................................................................................... 246
ENCLOSURE 13: LANDSCAPE PLAN ................................................................................... 247
ENCLOSURE 14: AIR DISPERSION REPORT ...................................................................... 248
ENCLOSURE 15: TRAFFIC REPORT .................................................................................... 249
ENCLOSURE 16: TEST REPORT ........................................................................................... 250
ENCLOSURE 17: COMPLIANCE PLAN FOR CONDITIONS IN ANEXURE XIV OF S.O 3999
(E) DATED 09.12.2016 ............................................................................................................... 251
List of Figures
Figure 2-1: Location map ................................................................................................ 65
Figure 2-2: Connectivity Map ......................................................................................... 67
Figure 2-3 Topographical Map ........................................................................................ 68
Figure 2-4 Site Photographs ............................................................................................ 70
Figure 3-1: Highest Maximum Temperature (°C) ........................................................... 82
Figure 3-2: Lowest Minimum Temperature (°C) ............................................................ 83
Figure 3-3: Mean Maximum Temperature (°C) ............................................................... 83
Figure 3-4: Mean Minimum Temperature (°C) ................................................................ 83
Figure 3-5: Maximum Humidity (%) .............................................................................. 84
Figure 3-6: Minimum Humidity (%) ............................................................................... 85
Figure 3-7: Maximum Rainfall (mm) ................................................................................ 86
Figure 3-8: Minimum Rainfall (mm)............................................................................... 86
Figure 3-9: Average Rainfall (mm) ................................................................................. 86
Figure 3-10: Mean Maximum Wind Speed (Km/hr) ........................................................ 88
Figure 3-11: Mean Minimum Wind Speed (Km/hr) ....................................................... 88
Figure 3-12 Windrose diagram (annual average) ............................................................ 90
Figure 3-13 Wind Rose Diagram Winter Season ............................................................. 90
Figure 3-14 Wind Rose Diagram of summer Season ....................................................... 91
Figure 3-15; Seasonal Windrose Diagram ....................................................................... 92
Figure 3-16; Ambient air onsite sampling locations on 10 Km Topographical Map ....... 94
Figure 3-17; Ambient air sampling locations on 10 Km Topographical Map .................. 95
Figure 3-18: Water sampling Locations on 10 Km Topographical Map ........................ 103
Figure 3-19: Land use breakup of the area .................................................................... 127
Figure 3-20: Satellite Imagery of Land use map ........................................................... 129
Figure 4-1 Proposed Land use Pie Diagram .................................................................. 159
Figure 9-1 Water Balance .............................................................................................. 208
Figure 9-2: Schematic diagram of ETP ......................................................................... 215
Figure 9-3 Diagram of RHW Pits .................................................................................... 217
Figure 9-4; Anti-vibration pads ...................................................................................... 219
Figure 9-5; LAYOUT PLAN OF DG SET ROOM................................................................. 219
Figure 9-6 Designing of Canopy of DG sets ................................................................... 220
List of Tables
Table 2-1; Social facilities near the site ........................................................................... 66
Table 2-2; Ecological sensitive area ................................................................................ 69
Table 2-3: Project Details ................................................................................................ 74
Table 2-4; Population details ........................................................................................... 74
Table 2-5; Building Materials used ................................................................................. 78
Table 3-1: Temperature Record ....................................................................................... 82
Table 3-2- Relative humidity record ............................................................................... 84
Table 3-3: Rainfall Record (mm) .................................................................................... 85
Table 3-4: Wind Speed Record ....................................................................................... 87
Table 3-5: Wind direction record .................................................................................... 89
Table 3-6; Ground water quality results ........................................................................ 106
Table 3-7; Ground water quality results ........................................................................ 111
Table 3-8; Noise sampling stations ............................................................................... 113
Table 3-9; Noise quality results ..................................................................................... 116
Table 3-10; Sampling locations for soil quality ............................................................ 118
Table 3-11 Fertility of soil onsite .................................................................................. 124
Table 3-12Land Use Pattern of Buffer Zone ................................................................. 127
Table-13: trees of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary ................................................................. 141
Table-14: Shrubs of Asola Wildlife sanctuary .............................................................. 142
Table 15: Annuals of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary ............................................................ 142
Table -16: Twiners & Climbers of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary ....................................... 142
Table-17: Grass of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary................................................................ 143
Table-18: Fauna of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary ............................................................... 144
Table-19: Birds of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary ................................................................ 146
Table 4-1; Proposed Landuse (After Expansion) .......................................................... 158
Table 5-1; U & R Values of Building Materials ........................................................... 178
Table 7-1; Vulnerability Analysis ................................................................................. 191
Table 7-2: Disaster Management Team ......................................................................... 202
Table 9-1; Chimney details............................................................................................ 206
Table 9-2: DG set specifications ................................................................................... 206
Table 9-3 Rain water calculation ................................................................................... 216
Table 9-4; Parking Requirement.................................................................................... 221
Table 9-5; Parking Provision ......................................................................................... 221
Table 9-6; Solid Waste Generated ................................................................................. 222
Table 9-7; Used Oil Management details ...................................................................... 224
Table 9-8; E-waste Management details ....................................................................... 224
Table 9-9; Biomedical waste management .................................................................... 224
Table 9-10: List of Trees onsite ..................................................................................... 225
Table 9-11; Capital Expenditure.................................................................................... 227
Table 9-12; Recurring Expenditure ............................................................................... 227
Table 9-13: Environment Management Cell Structure.................................................. 229
Enclosure 1: FORM 1 & 1A
FORM 1
(I) Basic Information
S. Item Details
No.
1. Name of the project/s “Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital &
Research Center for Medical Sciences”
2. S. No. in the schedule 8(b)
3. Proposed capacity/ area/length/ Plot area – 60724.9 Sq. m (15.00 Acres)
tonnage to be handled/ command Deduction – 2619 Sq. m
area/ lease area/ number of wells Net Plot area – 58105.9 Sq. m (14.35 Acres)
to be drilled Existing Built-up area – 24018.42 Sq. m
Existing Built-up area after demolition –
18295.86 sqm
Total Built-up area after expansion –
400865.9 Sq. m
4. New/ Expansion/ Modernization New
As 18295.86 Sq. m built-up area was
constructed before the EIA Notification
2006. Now we wish to increase built-up area
from 24018.42 Sq. m to 400865.9 Sq. m
5. Existing Capacity/ Area etc. Existing Plot Area - 60724.9 Sq. m
Existing Built-up area -24018.42 Sq. m
6. Category of Project i.e. ‘A’ or ‘B’ A
7. Does it attract the general No
condition? If yes, please specify.
8. Does it attract the specific No
condition? If yes, please specify.
9. Location Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi-
110071
Plot/ Survey/ Khasra No. -
Village -
Tehsil -
District
State Delhi
10. Nearest railway station/ airport Railway Station
along with distance in kms. Okhla Railway Station: 6.14 Km, NE
Airport
Safdarjung Airport: 6.17 Km, N
Highway:
Metro Ring Road: 4.55 Km N
11. Nearest Town, city, District Project is in Delhi Itself.
Headquarters along with distance
in kms.
12. Village Panchayats, Zilla Municipal Corporation of South Delhi
Parishad, Municipal Corporation,
Local body (complete postal
addresses with telephone nos. to
be given)
13. Name of the applicant Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Reseach Center
for Medical Sceinces
14. Registered Address Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi-
110017
15. Address for correspondence: Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi-
110017
Name Kamalapati Kashyap

Designation Secretary
(Owner/Partner/CEO)
Address Press Enclave road, New Delhi, Saket
Pin Code 110017
E-mail [email protected]
Telephone No. 011-71211253
Mobile No. 9650490511
Fax no. 011-26963801
16. Details of Alternative Sites No alternate site has been examined as
examined, if any. Location of proposed project is an expansion of already
these sites should be shown on a existing Project.
topo sheet.
17. Interlinked Projects No
18. Whether separate application of Not Applicable
interlinked project has been
submitted?
19. If yes, date of submission Not Applicable
20. If no, reason Not Applicable
21. Whether the proposal involves
approval/clearance under: if yes,
details of the same and their status
to be given.
(a) The Forest (Conservation) Not Applicable
Act, 1980?
(b) The Wildlife (Protection) Act,
Not Applicable
1972?
(c) The C.R.Z. Notification, Not Applicable
1991?
22. Whether there is any Government None
Order/ Policy relevant/ relating to
the site?
23. Forest land involved (hectares) No forest land is involved.
(II) Activity
1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions,
which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in
water bodies, etc.)
S. Information/Checklist Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate

No.
confirmation quantities /rates, wherever possible) with
source of information data
1.1 Permanent or temporary Yes It is an expansion of Existing hospital

change in land use, land building. At present, Hospital is
cover or topography operational. For proposed expansion, new
including increase in blocks on existing land shall be constructed.
intensity of land use Some of the existing vegetation shall be
(with respect to local cleared off. Land cover will change from
land use plan) vegetative land to hospital building. The
permission for the same shall be taken from
the Forest Department.
1.2 Clearance of existing Yes Hospital already exists and construction

land, vegetation and will be done over existing land. Some of the
buildings? existing vegetation shall be cleared off. The
the Forest Department.
1.3 Creation of new land No Hospital already exists and construction will
uses? be done over existing plot. Some of the
existing vegetation shall be cleared off. The
the Forest Department. Land cover will
change from vegetative land to hospital
building
1.4 Pre-construction
Pre-construction Geo-technical
investigations e.g. bore Yes
investigations has been done.
houses, soil testing?
1.5 Construction works? Construction will be done as per Master

Yes
Plan of Delhi
1.6 Demolition works? Yes Small portion of the hospital area (OPD
Block & R & D Block) of about 3224.52 Sq.
m shall be demolished.
1.7 Temporary sites used for No Labour will be hired from nearby area.
construction works or Hence housing of construction workers is
housing of construction not required.
workers?
1.8 Above ground buildings, Yes Existing Building: Maximum construction

structures or earthworks above ground level is G+4
including linear Proposed Building: Maximum
construction above ground level will be upto
structures, cut and fill or G+13 & Excavation for foundation and 4
excavations level basements.
1.9 Underground works No Not applicable

including mining or
tunnelling?
1.10 Reclamation works? No Not applicable
1.11 Dredging? No Not applicable
1.12 Offshore structures? No Not applicable
1.13 Production and No No production or manufacturing will be

manufacturing done as the proposed land will be used for
processes? Hospital and for development of hospital
related infrastructures.
1.14 Facilities for storage of Yes Yes, Separate raw material yard will be
goods or materials? made within the project site. Cement will be
separately stored under cover in bales. Sand
will be stacked neatly under tarpaulin cover.
Bricks and steel will be laid in open.
1.15 Facilities for treatment During Construction phase:

Total 500-800 labours shall work during the
or disposal of solid waste
construction phase and hence the solid waste
or liquid effluents?
generation shall be 120 kg/day which shall
be disposed off at municipal solid waste site.
Construction debris like Concrete will be
Yes reused for backfilling & waterproofing for

terrace, toilets etc. Tiles will be used in
creating pathways in the landscape area, &
rest will be sent to the construction &
demolition facility.
The 25 KLD waste water shall be generated
which will be discharged to septic tank via
soak pit.
During operation phase: For the liquid
effluent, STP & ETP have been proposed.
Details of STP & ETP is given in EIA
Report.
1.16 Facilities for long term The workers during construction phase will
housing of operational be hired from nearby areas and hence no
No
workers? need of provision of housing. Only
temporary rest rooms would be provided.
1.17 New road, rail or sea

traffic during No new road, rail or sea traffic is proposed.
construction or No Existing routes, transportation facility will
operation? be used for transportation.
1.18 New road, rail, air No Railway Station

waterborne or other Okhla Railway Station- 6.14 km NE
transport infrastructure Airport
including new or altered Safdarjung Airport– 6.17 km N
routes and stations, Nearest Highway
ports, airports etc.? AH-1 - 4.55 km N
1.19 Closure or diversion of No No such closure or diversion of existing

existing transport routes transport is required.
or infrastructure leading
to changes in traffic
1.20 New
movements?or diverted No new or diversion of transmission lines or
transmission lines or No
pipelines would be done.
pipelines?
1.21 Impoundment, No impoundment, damming, culverting,
damming, culverting, realignment or other changes to the
realignment or other hydrology of surface watercourse is
No
changes to the hydrology required.
of watercourses or
aquifers?
1.22 Stream crossings? No No stream crosses the project site.

1.23 Abstraction or transfers No abstraction of ground water is required.
of water from ground or No
surface waters?
1.24 Changes in water bodies There will be no changes in water bodies on

or the land surface the land and drainage or run-off.
No
affecting drainage or
run-off?
1.25 Transport of personnel Yes During Construction phase:

Materials during construction phase shall be
or materials for
transported by truck, trolley etc. Parking of
construction, operation
trucks will be provided in case of
or decommissioning?
emergency.
During Operation Phase:
Ambulances, Cars, two – wheeler etc. will
be used during operation phase.
1.26 Long-term dismantling No Not Applicable

or decommissioning or
restoration works?
1.27 Ongoing activity during No Not Applicable

decommissioning which
could have an impact on
the environment?
1.28 Influx of people to an Yes Influx of people will be in the form of 150
area in either temporarily nos. labourers during construction phase.
or permanently? During operation phase, influx of people
will be as follows:
Type Existing Total

after
expansion
In patients 260 2103
Working Staff & 1500 11000

employee
Visitors 2500 21740
Service - 2875
Flats/Apartments
Total 4260 37718

Population of
Hospital
1.29 Introduction of alien No There is no history of alien species at the

species? proposed site.
1.30 Loss of native species or No There will be no loss in native species or

genetic diversity? genetic diversity at site.
1.31 Any other actions? No Not Applicable
2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land,
water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-renewable or in
short supply):
S.No. Information/checklist Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate

confirmation quantities /rates, wherever
possible) with source of
information data
2.1 Land especially No 2,08,009.30 sq m of land is allotted
undeveloped or by DDA to develop a Hospital.
agricultural land (ha)
2.2 Water (expected source Source – Municipal Supply
& competing users) unit: Yes Total Water Required- 3505 KLD
KLD Fresh Water Required- 1809 KLD
2.3 Minerals (MT) No Not Applicable
2.4 Construction material – Yes Local Building materials will be
stone, aggregates, sand / sourced from indigenous supply.
soil (expected source –
MT)
2.5 Forests and timber Yes Wood will be used for Doors
(source – MT) shutters/ furniture, windows as per
the requirement and as per the
approved standards.
2.6 Energy including Yes Source of power supply – BSES
electricity and fuels Rajdhani Power Ltd.
(source, competing Power requirement:
users) Unit: fuel (MT), Existing Power Load- 1150 KW
energy (MW) Total power load After Expansion
-
11377KW
DG Sets (Existing): 2 x 1010 KVA
DG Sets (Proposed): 12 x 1500
KVA for emergency backup only.
Total DG Sets: 2 x 1010 KVA & 12
x 1500 KVA
Fuel: Low sulphur Diesel
2.7 Any other natural No Not Applicable
resources (use
appropriate standard
units)
-
3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which
could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about
actual or perceived risks to human health.
S. Information/Checklist Yes/No Details there of (with approximate

No. confirmation quantities/rates, wherever possible) with
source of information data
3.1 Use of substances or Yes Proper management of Used oil, E-waste
materials, which are and Bio-medical waste is being done for
hazardous (as per MSIHC existing part and will be done after
rules) to human health or expansion. The copy of HSD license is
the environment (flora, enclosed as Annexure 11
fauna, and water
supplies)
3.2 Changes in occurrence of No Suitable drainage and waste management
disease or affect disease measures including bio-medical waste, has
vectors (e.g. insect or been adopted for existing phase and same
water borne diseases) will be done for expansion in operational
phase. There is no stagnation of water or
accumulation of water outside or within the
complex.
3.3 Affect the welfare of No There would be increase in employment
people e.g. by changing opportunities after the development of
living conditions? hospital and hospital related infrastructure
as nurses, doctors & staff and other
consultants will be required.
Type Existing Total
after
expansion
In patients 260 2103
Working Staff & 1500 11000

employee
Visitors 2500 21740
Service - 2875
Flats/Apartments
Total 4260 37718

Population of
Hospital
The hospital will have a positive impact as

it will provide better medical facilities after
expansion.
3.4 Vulnerable groups of No No, vulnerable groups of people will be
people who could be affected.
affected by the project
e.g. hospital patients,
children, the elderly etc.,
3.5 Any other causes Yes There is generation of Bio-medical waste,
which is being given to the approved
CBWTF for treatment & disposal and shall
be followed for expansion part.
4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning

(MT/month)
S. No. Information/Checklist Yes/ Details thereof (with approximate
confirmation No quantities/rates, wherever possible)
with source of information data
4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine Not applicable
No
wastes
4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and Domestic waste during construction –
or commercial wastes) 120 kg/day
During operation –
Ty Existi Propose Total
pe ng(kg/ d after
day) Expansio expansio
n n
(kg/day)
Biode 502 4505 5006

grada kg/day kg/day kg/day
ble
waste
Non- 179 1608 1787
Yes Biode kg/day kg/day kg/day

grada
ble
waste
Plastic 36 322 358

Waste kg/day kg/day kg/day
Total 717 6435 7151

Solid kg/day kg/day kg/day
Waste
Total Biomedical Waste generated after

expansion will be 788 Kg/day
Detailed Solid Waste Management is
given in EIA Report.
4.3 Hazardous wastes (as per Yes Used oil from D.G. Set is carefully
Hazardous Waste stored in HDPE drums in isolated
Management Rules) covered facility. The used oil is sold to
vendors authorized by Central Pollution
Control Board for the treatment of the
same. ETP sludge and DG filter oil is
being generated and is being managed as
per CPCB norms. The same will be
followed in proposed phase. The copy of
HSD license is Enclosed as Annexure
11.
Suitable care will be taken so that spills
/ leaks of used oil from storage could be
avoided.
4.4 Other industrial process wastes No Not applicable
4.5 Surplus product No Not applicable
4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge Yes App. 10 kg/day of dried sludge is being
from effluent treatment generated from existing STP of 160
KLD (100 KLD based on MBBR
Technology & 60 KLD based on SAFF
Technology) which is being used as
manure in green area and rest is given to
approved vendor.
After expansion about 128 Kg/day of
dried sludge will be generated from 2
STP each of 1200 KLD capacity within
the complex and this sludge will be
passed through filter press where it will
be dewatered/ dried & form a cake and
then will be used as manure in green
areas and excess will be given to
farmers/ nurseries.
4.7 Construction or demolition Yes Construction debris like Concrete will be
wastes will be re used in backfilling &
waterproofing for terrace, toilets etc.
Tiles will be used in creating pathways
in the landscape area etc. & rest will be
sent to the construction & demolition
facility.
Excavated soil generated during
basement development will be used for
levelling and back filling. Top soil is
being reused for landscaping to the
extent possible. Recyclable waste like
steel, aluminium, cement bags etc. will
be sold to Recycler.
4.8 Redundant machinery or No Not applicable
equipment
4.9 Contaminated soils or other Not applicable
No
materials
4.10 Agricultural wastes No Not applicable
4.11 Other solid wastes No In existing hospital, biodegradable waste
generated is app. 502 kg/day which is
being sent to MSW site.
After expansion total 5006 kg/day of
Biodegradable waste will be generated,
which shall be treated with in premises
in organic waste converter.
5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr)

No. confirmation quantities/rates, wherever
information data
5.1 Emissions from combustion of Yes The only source of emission from
combustion of fuel will be
fossil fuels from stationary or
Existing: -
mobile sources. DG sets of 2 x 1010 KVA capacity
Proposed: -12 x 1500 KVA
Total After Expansion: -
DG sets of 12 x 1500 KVA & 2 x
1010 KVA
Hence, to avoid the emissions
adequate stack height of 6m above
roof level for each DG set shall be
provided meeting all the norms of
CPCB.
5.2 Emissions from production No Not Applicable

processes
5.3 Emissions from materials Dust would be generated during

handling including storage or construction and from the movement
transport of transport vehicles. The effect will
Yes
be restricted to construction phase
only. Water sprinklers will be used
for dust suppression.
5.4 Emissions from construction Batching Plant will be installed at the

activities including plant and project site. All precaution for dust
Yes
equipment emissions and water conservation
shall be taken.
5.5 Dust or odours from handling of During loading & unloading of
materials including construction material, dust will be
construction materials, sewage generated. Water will be sprinkled
and waste and tarpaulin cover shall be provided
Yes over stored raw material to reduce
dust emission. Treated water will be
used within the complex in flushing
gardening, cooling Plant and misc.
purposes etc.
5.6 Emissions from incineration of Not applicable
No
waste.
5.7 Emissions from burning of Not applicable
waste in open air (e.g. slash No
materials, construction debris).
5.8 Emissions from any other Not applicable
No
sources.
6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:

S. Information/Checklist Yes Details thereof (with approximate
/No
information data with source of
information data
6.1 From operation of equipment e.g. Yes During construction, the equipment
engines, ventilation plant, crushers such as mixer machines, bulldozers,
cranes, compactors will be used
which will be of highest standard and
adhered to international standards.
These standards itself will take care
of noise pollution control/ vibration
control and air emission control.
Hence, an insignificant impact due to
construction machinery is envisaged.
Apart from this, the construction

activities will be restricted to
daytime only.
Source of noise in the operational

phase will be DG sets. The D.G. Sets
installed shall be kept acoustically
enclosed and will be used during
Power failure only.
6.2 From industrial or similar processes No Not applicable

6.3 From construction or demolition Due to the various activities, there
will be short-term noise impacts in
Yes the immediate vicinity of the project
site.
It will be restricted to day time only.
6.4 From blasting or piling No Not Applicable
6.5 From construction or operational Yes Some amount of noise will be

traffic generated from vehicular movement
during operational phase.
6.6 From lighting or cooling systems No Not Applicable
6.7 From any other sources No None
7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the

ground or into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:

information data
7.1 From handling, storage, use or Used oil is the hazardous material
spillage of hazardous materials generated in the Hospital. It is
stored in HDPE drums and kept in
covered rooms under lock & key
and will be sold to authorize
vendors only. Special care is taken
No to prevent leakages and spills. ETP
sludge and DG filter oil is being
generated and is being managed as
per CPCB norms. The same will be
followed in proposed phase. The
copy of HSD license is Enclosed as
Annexure 11.
The same will be followed for
expansion part also.
Biomedical waste from Hospital is
generated and the same is given to
common biomedical waste
treatment facility
7.2 From discharge of sewage or No STP of 160 KLD (100 KLD based
other effluents to water or the on MBBR Technology & 60 KLD
land (expected mode and place based on SAFF technology) has
of discharge) already been installed.
After expansion, waste water of
1861 KLD will be treated in 2 STP
each of 1200 KLD capacity and
waste water of 200 KLD from lab
will be treated in 2 ETP each of 200
KLD capacity by chemical treatment
method. Treated water of 1696 KLD
from STP will be reused in flushing,
gardening, cooling plant & Misc.
purposes and rest 72 KLD will be
discharged to sewer. 190 KLD from
ETP will be discharge to the sewer
line.
7.3 By deposition of pollutants STP of 160 KLD (100 KLD based
emitted to air into the land or on MBBR Technology & 60 KLD
into water based on SAFF) has already been
installed.
After expansion, waste water of
No 1861 KLD will be treated in 2 STP
of 1200 KLD capacity each and
waste water of 200 KLD from lab
will be treated in 2 ETP each of
capacity 180 KLD by chemical
treatment method. Treated water of
1696 KLD from STP will be reused
in flushing, gardening, cooling plant
& Misc. purposes and rest 72 KLD
will be discharged to sewer. 190
KLD from ETP will be discharge to
the sewer line.
7.4 From any other sources No None
7.5 Is there a risk of long term No None
build-up of pollutants in the
environment from these
sources?
8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could

affect human health or the environment.
information data
8.1 From explosions, spillages, All appropriate measures will be
fires etc. from storage, taken care off during construction
handling, use or production of No phase.
hazardous substances Proper fire-fighting system will be
installed at site, for operation phase.
8.2 From any other causes None
No
8.3 Could the project be affected by The area under study falls in Zone-
natural disasters causing IV, according to the Indian Standard
environmental damage (e.g. Seismic Zoning Map. Suitable
floods, earthquakes, landslides, seismic coefficients in horizontal
cloudburst etc.)? Yes and vertical directions respectively,
will be adopted while designing the
structure.
For reasons of earthquake:
Earthquake measures has been
incorporated in the building design.
However, the area is not prone to
flood and landslide etc.
9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which

could lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with
other existing or planned activities in the locality.
confirmation quantities/rates, wherever
No.
information data
9.1 Lead to development of Yes All supporting infrastructure exists
supporting facilities, ancillary near site as the project site present
development or development within city.
stimulated by the project which At Present, waste water from
could have impact on the hospital is being treated into STP of
environment e.g.: 160 KLD.
• Supporting infrastructure After expansion, combined 2 STP
(roads, power supply, waste or each of 1200 KLD capacity and 2
waste water treatment, etc.) ETP each of 180 KLD capacity shall
No be installed to treat the wastewater
• Housing development No from Hospital and from laboratory.
• Extractive industries No None
• Supply industries No None
• Other None
None
9.2 Lead to after-use of the site, Proper care shall be taken to avoid
which could have an impact on No any adverse impact on the
the environment environment.
9.3 Set a precedent for later Yes Proper and Planned development of
developments the hospital area.
9.4 Have cumulative effects due to No No impact
proximity to other existing or
planned projects with similar
effects
I. Environmental Sensitivity
Areas Name/ Aerial distance

S. No. Identity (within 15 km.)
from Proposed
project location
boundary
1 Areas protected under None None
international conventions,
national or local legislation
for their ecological,
landscape, cultural or other
related value
2 Areas which are important Water Body
or sensitive for ecological Yamuna River 8.76 Km NE
reasons - Wetlands, Ghitorini Lake 8.16 Km SSW
watercourses or other water Shamshi Talab 3.89 Km SW
bodies, coastal zone, Neela Hauz 4.25 Km W
biospheres, mountains, Hauz Khas Tank 3.62 Km NW
forests Tuklaqabad Fort Pond 5.75 Km SE
Bharadwaj Lake 9.40 Km SSE
CITM Lake 9.95 Km SSE
Forest
Pusa Hill forest 10.17 Km NNW
Central Ridge Reserve 11.11 Km N
Forest 8.42 Km W
Rajokari Protected forest 6.83 Km NWW
Aravali biodivbersity Park 2.93 Km E
Jahanpanah City Forest 9.18 Km S
Asola Wild Life Century 1.36 Km SW
City Forest Hauzrani 10.00 Km E
Okhla Bird Sanctuary 10.97 Km NE
Ristricted Forest
3 Areas used by protected, Okhla Bird Sanctuary 10.00 Km E
important or sensitive Asola Wild Life Century 4.2 Km S
species of flora or fauna for
breeding, nesting, foraging,
4 resting, coastal,
Inland, over marine
wintering,
or None None
migration
underground waters.
5 State, National boundaries Haryana Border 5.82 Km SSW
U.P. Border 9.50 Km NEE

6 Routes or facilities used by Delhi-Gurgaon 8.53 Km NWW
Expressway
the public for access to 4.55 Km N
AH-1
recreation or other tourist, 0.13 Km N
Pt Trilok Chand Marg
pilgrim areas 1.05 Km S
Mehrauli- Badarpur Road
1.59 Km SE
Dr B.R. Ambedkar Marg 0.11 Km E
Mandir Marg 0.78 Km W
Promod Mahajan Marg
Railway Station 6.65 Km NNW
Safdarjung Railway 7.69 KmNE
station
6.14 Km NE
Hazrat Nizamuddin
Okhla Railway Station
6.17 Km N
Airport
11.59 Km W
Safdarjung Airport
Indira Gandhi
International Airport
7 Defense installations No Not applicable
8 Densely populated or built- Project is in Delhi itself -

which is densely populated
up area
area.
9 Areas occupied by sensitive Hospital
Holy Angels Hospital 5.75 Km NW
man-made land uses
Max Super Speciality 5.64 Km SEE
(hospitals, school, places of Hospital
Fortis hospital 5.33 Km SWW
worship, community
Safdarjung Hospital 4.62 Km N
facilities) Indraprastha Hospital 6.95 Km E
Post Office
Post Office, Block N 0.55 Km S
Pushp Vihar Post office 0.72 Km SW
Post Office, Malviya 1.09 Km N
Nagar
3.10 Km W
Places of worship
2.81 Km NNW
Yogmaya Mandir
St Marry’s Ortodox 10.90 Km N
5.21 Km NE
Church
Gurudwara Bangla Saheb
Lotus Temple
7.16 Km NW
4.85 Km NW
School/College
2.71 Km NNW
The Sri Ram School
1.97 Km NNW
Ramjas School
4.85 Km W
St Pauls School
Laxman Public school
Jawahar Lal Nehru
0.98 Km NW
University
5.61 Km SSW
4.61 Km NNW
Bank
Fedral Bank
Coorporation Bank
Kotak Mahindra Bank
Areas containing important, Monuments
10 high quality or scarce Iron Pillar 2.86 Km W
resources Qutub Minar 2.75 Km W
(Ground water resources,
Chaumachi Khans Tomb 3.57 Km W
surface resources, forestry,
agriculture, fisheries, Safdarjung Tomb 6.81 Km N
tourism, minerals) Humayuns Tomb 8.08 Km NE
India Gate 9.54 Km N
11 Areas already subjected to None None

pollution or
environmental damage.
(Those where existing legal
environmental standards
are exceeded)
12 Areas susceptible to natural The project area
hazard which could cause Natural falls in seismic zone
the project to present –IV.
environmental problems
(Earthquakes, subsidence,
landslides, erosion, flooding
or extreme or adverse
climatic conditions)
FORM-1 A
(only for construction projects listed under item 8 of the Schedule)
1. LAND ENVIRONMENT
(Attach panoramic view of the project site and the vicinity)
1.1 Will the existing land use get The Proposed project site is located at Press Enclave, Road,
significantly altered from the Saket, Delhi- 110017 and the land is leased for the development
project that is not consistent with of Hospital and hospital related infrastructures. For proposed
the surroundings? expansion, new blocks on existing land shall be constructed.
(Proposed land use must conform Yes, the proposed development is conform to master plan of the
to the approved Master Plan / area.
Development Plan of the area.
Change of land use if any and the
statutory approval from the
competent authority be
submitted).
Attach Maps of
(i) Site location The site location is given in EIA Report.
(ii) Surrounding features of the Location Map is given in EIA Report.
proposed site (within 500 meters)
(iii) The site (indicating levels & Site layout Plan enclosed in Enclosure-V.
contours) to appropriate scales. If
not available attach only
conceptual plans.
1.2 List out all the major project
requirements in terms of the
Land area, Plot Area –60724.9 Sq. m (15 Acres)
Built up area Built up area:
Existing – 24018.42 Sq. m
After Expansion – 400865.9 Sq. m
Water consumption 3505 KLD
Power requirement 11377 KW
Connectivity AH-1: 4.55 Km N
Parking needs etc. Parking Required: - 4233 ECS
Parking Provided: - 4933 ECS
1.3 What are the likely impacts of the The proposed construction will be done over existing vacant
land within the complex. During construction of hospital
proposed activity on the existing
building proper care will be taken to minimize the dust effects.
facilities adjacent to the proposed
site?
(Such as open spaces, community
facilities, details of the existing
land use, and disturbance to the
local ecology).
1.4 Will there be any significant land Soil Type: Silt Loam
disturbance resulting in erosion, Slope Analysis: The project area possesses fairly plain terrain.
subsidence & instability? Erosion / Subsidence:
(Details of soil type, slope Proper greening & paving of area will not cause any soil erosion
analysis, vulnerability to problem and subsidence.
subsidence, seismicity etc. may Seismicity: Seismic zone-IV, for which appropriate safety
be given). measures shall be taken.
1.5 Will the proposalinvolve At the proposed site, sewer line and storm water drainage
connections is available. Thus, the proposed expansion of
alteration of natural drainage
Hospital will not cause any alteration of natural drainage
systems? system.
(Give details on a contour map
showing the natural drainage near
the proposed project site)
1.6 What are the quantities of During construction phase, about 399943.65 Cubic Meter
earthwork involved in the (Approx.) will be extracted in order to provide foundation C&
construction activity cutting, D waste shall be disposed as per C&D Rules. A small portion
filling, reclamation etc.? of existing area of about 3224.52 Sq. m shall be demolished and
(Give details of the quantities of This excavated soil/ rock /debris will be properly stacked within
earthwork involved, transport of the site under tarpaulin cover and will be reused for backfilling
fill materials from outside the site purpose. The top soil will be preserved separately and will be
etc.) used for landscaping purpose only and the excess excavated soil
will be disposed off to approved Municipal Filling Ground.
Hence, no immediate adverse impacts on the land environment
are envisaged.
1.7 Give details regarding water Water Supply:
supply, waste handling etc. During construction stage, water will be sourced through STP
during the construction period. treated water.
Waste Generation / Handling:
The excavated soil will be reused for backfilling and the fertile
top soil will be reused for horticultural purpose.
For construction laborers, proper sanitary facilities & wash
areas will be constructed and good hygienic conditions will be
maintained.
1.8 Will the low lying areas & No low lying and wetland area exists in and around the project
wetlands get altered? site.
(Provide details of how low lying
and wetlands are getting modified
from the proposed activity)
1.9 Whether construction debris & Construction debris like Concrete will be reused in backfilling
waste during construction cause & for levelling of land/ back filling . Tiles will be used in
health hazard? (Give quantities of creating pathways in the landscape area etc. Recyclable waste
various types of wastes generated like aluminium, steel, wood pieces, cement bags, plastic
during construction including the containers, cartons, glass etc. will be sold to authorized
construction labour and the recyclers.
means of disposal) Mobile toilets & drinking water for construction labour will be
provided.
The sewage and waste water generated during construction
phase will be channelized to sewer line of the area /to the
existing STP in the complex.
2. WATER ENVIRONMENT
2.1 Give the total quantity of water The total quantity of water requirement after expansion
requirement for the proposed project will be 3505 KLD. The break-up details are given in EIA
with the breakup of requirements for Report.
various uses. Water requirement will be met by Municipal Water
How will the water requirement met? Supply (Delhi Jal Board).
State the sources & quantities and Water Balance Diagram is given in EIA Report.
furnish a water balance statement.
2.2 What is the capacity (dependable flow Delhi Jal Board is the proposed source of water supply.
or yield) of the proposed source of
water?
2.3 What is the quality of water required, in The quality of water complying with IS 10500 is
case, the supply is not from a municipal required. In case, if municipal water is not available,
source? (Provide physical, chemical, ground water will be taken after permission from
biological characteristics with class of CGWB.
water quality)
2.4 How much of the water requirement can STP of 160 KLD (100 KLD based on MBBR technology
be met from the recycling of treated & 60 KLD based on SAFF Technology) has already
wastewater? been installed.
(Give the details of quantities, sources 2 STP each of 1200 KLD will be installed for proposed
and usage) expansion and 2 ETP each of 180 KLD shall be installed
for treatment of laboratory waste. Waste water of 1861
KLD will be treated in 2 STP each of 1200 and 1696
KLD treated water will be reused in flushing, gardening,
cooling plant and Misc. purposes and rest 72 KLD will
be discharged to sewer.
200 KLD laboratory waste will be treated in 2 ETP each

of 2 x 180 KLD and 190 KLD of treated water will be
discharged to the sewer line.
2.5 Will there be diversion of water from There will not be any substantial effect on water demand
other users? of this region.
(Please assess the impacts of the project

on other existing uses and quantities of
consumption)
2.6 What is the incremental pollution load STP of 160 KLD (100 KLD based on MBBR technology
from wastewater generated from the & 60 KLD based on SAFF Technology) has already
proposed activity? been installed.
(Give details of the quantities and . Combined 2 STP each of 1200 KLD capacity and ETP
composition of wastewater generated of 2 ETP each of 180 KLD capacity shall be installed for
from the proposed activity) expansion part.
Waste water of 1764 KLD will be treated in 2 STP each
of 1200 KLD and 1696 KLD treated water will be reused
in flushing, gardening, Misc. and cooling plant and rest
72 KLD will be discharged to sewer.
200 KLD laboratory waste will be treated in 2 ETP each

of 180 KLD and 190 KLD of treated water will be
2.7 Give details of the water requirements Total 14 no Rain Water Harvesting pits are proposed
within the project.
met from water harvesting? Furnish
There are 3 existing RWH pits within the hospital
details of the facilities created. complex.
11 no of Rain Water Harvesting pits will be installed
after expansion.
2.8 What would be the impact of the land There are 3 existing RWH pits within the hospital
complex.
use changes occurring due to the
proposed project on the runoff
11 no. of RWH pits are proposed which will also be used
characteristics (quantitative as well as to recharge the ground water. After Expansion total no.
qualitative) of the area in the post of RWH pit will be 14.
construction phase on a long-term
basis?
Would it aggravate the problems of No, it will not aggravate the problem of flooding or
flooding or water logging in any way? water logging in any way, rather will reduce the same.
2.9 What are the impacts of the proposal on No abstraction of ground water will be done. Thus, there
the ground water? will be no adverse impact on the ground water.
(Will there be tapping of ground water;

give the details of ground water table,
recharging capacity, and approvals
obtained from competent authority, if
any)
2.10 What precautions/measures are taken to During the construction phase, runoff from the
prevent the run-off from construction construction site will not be allowed into the roadside.
activities polluting land & aquifers? Adequate measures will be taken to channelize such run
(Give details of quantities and the off and the same will be disposed through existing storm
measures taken to avoid the adverse water drainage network.
impacts)
2.11 How is the storm water from within the Adequate measures will be taken to channelize such
site managed? storm water and the same will be disposed through
(State the provisions made to avoid existing storm water drainage network.
flooding of the area, details of the
drainage facilities provided along with a
site layout indication contour levels)
2.12 Will the deployment of construction 25 KLD of waste water will be discharged. Mobile
labourers particularly in the peak period toilets will be provided for labourers during construction
lead to unsanitary conditions around the period. The waste water shall be disposed off to septic
project site (Justify with proper tank via soak pit.
explanation)
2.13 What on-site facilities are provided for 25 KLD Waste water will be discharged during
the collection, treatment & safe disposal construction phase from labours. It shall be discharged
of sewage? into septic tanks followed by soak pit.
(Give details of the quantities of STP of 160 KLD (100 KLD based on MBBR technology
wastewater generation, treatment & 60 KLD based on SAFF Technology) has already
capacities with technology & facilities been installed.
for recycling and disposal) Combined STP of 2 x 1200 KLD will be installed for
proposed expansion of capacity. ETP of 2 x 180 KLD
shall also be installed for treatment of laboratory waste.
200 KLD laboratory waste will be treated in ETP of 2 x

180 KLD.
Details of STP & ETP are given in EIA Report.
2.14 Give details of dual plumbing system if Dual Plumbing line will be provided within the hospital.
treated waste used is used for flushing
of toilets or any other use.
3. VEGETATION
3.1 Is there any threat of the project to No, the area is already a developed area. Hence, no threat to
the biodiversity? bio-diversity is envisaged
(Give a description of the local
ecosystem with its unique features,
if any)
3.2 Will the construction involve It is an expansion of existing Hospital. Some of the existing
extensive clearing or modification of vegetation shall be cleared off. The permission for the same
vegetation? shall be taken from the Forest Department.
(Provide a detailed account of the
trees & vegetation affected by the
project)
3.3 What are the measures proposed to The green belt of 16614.47 sqm for the proposed expansion
be taken to minimize the likely is planned to provide a clean, healthy and beautiful green
impacts on important site features environment.
(Give details of proposal for tree
plantation, landscaping, creation of
water bodies etc along with a layout
plan to an appropriate scale)
4. FAUNA
4.1 Is there likely to be any displacement No faunal species exists at site.

of fauna- both terrestrial and aquatic
or creation of barriers for their
movement? Provide the details.
4.2 Any direct or indirect impacts on the No, There will be no direct or indirect impact on the
avifauna of the area? Provide details. avifauna of the area.
As the project is proposed in an already developed area, no.
of avifauna is less. Only few common avifauna like crow,
myana were seen. However, after landscaping there will be
increase in green area and it will be a positive impact on
avifauna.
4.3 Prescribe measures such as corridors, Not Applicable
fish ladders etc. to mitigate adverse
impacts on fauna
5. AIR ENVIRONMENT
5.1 Will the project increase atmospheric The present air quality of the area has been measured.
concentration of gases & result in Ambient air quality report is enclosed.
heat islands?
(Give details of background air The traffic will increase due to proposed operation of
quality levels with predicted values Hospital. Increased traffic generation of vehicles due to
based on dispersion models taking Hospital will not cause increase in atmospheric
into account the increased traffic concentration of gases and will not result in the heat island
generation as a result of the proposed formation because parking facilities will be provided within
constructions) the hospital by using basement parking.
5.2 What are the impacts on generation of No dust, odour will be generated at site. Smoke is being
dust, smoke, odorous fumes or other generated from operation of DG sets. Proper emission
hazardous gases? Give details in standards will be maintained as per CPCB guidelines.
relation to all the meteorological
parameters.
5.3 Will the proposal create shortage of The optimum parking provision at basement is proposed.
parking space for vehicles? Furnish Hence there will be no shortage of parking space for
details of the present level of vehicles. Total parking provision of Hospital after
transport infrastructure and measures expansion will be 4933 ECS.
proposed for improvement including
the traffic management at the entry &
exit to the project site.
5.4 Provide details of the movement In the proposed Hospital project separate drive way will be
patterns with internal roads, bicycle provided for private vehicles and Emergency Ambulances.
tracks, pedestrian pathways,
footpaths etc., with areas under each
category.
5.5 Will there be significant increase in To reduce/avoid traffic following steps will be taken:
traffic noise & vibrations? Give 1. Two-way traffic movement
details of the sources and the 2. No honking zone
measures proposed for mitigation of 3. No vehicle movement in specified areas.
The foundation will be made very hard and paved with
the above.
rubber flooring to minimize the vibration. All other
measures to reduce vibration will be adopted during
designing of new hospital buildings.
5.6 What will be the impact of DG sets & Existing: -

other equipment on noise levels & DG sets of 2 x 1010 KVA capacity
vibration in & ambient air quality Proposed: -
around the project site? Provide DG sets of 12 x 1500 KVA capacity will be Installed.
details. Total After Expansion: -
DG sets of 12 x 1500 KVA and 2 x 1010 KVA capacity
will be Installed
Location of DG sets: Basement
All D.G. will be of the latest technology as per current
practices, will be placed in acoustically enclosed room to
reduce noise from D.G. Proper stack height for DG set as
per C.P.C.B. norms will be provided to reduce the impacts
on air quality around the project site. The noise emissions
from D.G. Sets shall be meeting the noise level as per
C.PC.B guidelines. Low Sulphur fuel will be used to run
these D.G. Sets. Vibrator pads will be used in DG sets to
minimize the vibration effect
6. AESTHETICS
6.1 Will the proposed constructions in No, the proposed construction in any way will not result in
any way result in the obstruction of a the obstruction of working of existing part and treatment of
view, scenic amenity or landscapes? patients.
This will enhance the facilities for the person suffering from
health problems.
Are these considerations taken into Yes, all the considerations have been taken into account.
account by the proponents?
6.2 Will there be any adverse impacts The construction of hospital will be done as per approved
from new constructions on the building plan. Hence no adverse impact is anticipated.
existing structures? What are the
6.3 considerations
Whether there takenare
into account?
any local None
considerations of urban form & urban
design influencing the design
criteria? They may be explicitly spelt
out.
Are there any anthropological or Yes, the archaeological site such as Iron Pillar, Qutub Minar
archaeological sites or artifacts and Chaumachi Khan’s Tomb are within the 5-km radius of
nearby? the site. We have taken NOC from ASI.
State if any other significant features None
in the vicinity of the proposed site
have been considered.
7. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS
7.1 Will the proposal result in any As it is a hospital, during the operation of the project,
changes to the demographic structure patients come for treatment and go back hence there will be
of local population? Provide the no change to the demographic structure of local population.
details.
7.2 Give details of the existing social Social infrastructures exist near the site:
infrastructure around the proposed
project. Hospital:
Holy Angels Hospital-5.75 Km NW
Max Super Speciality Hospital-5.64 Km SEE
Fortis Hospital- 5.33 Km SWW
Safdarjung Hospital- 4.62 Km N
Indraprastha Hospital- 6.95 Km E
School/College:
The Sri Ram School- 7.16 Km NW
Ramjas School- 4.85 Km NW
St Pauls School- 2.71 Km NNW
Laxman Public school- 1.97 Km NNW
Jawahar Lal Nehru University- 4.85 Km W
Places of worship:
Yogmaya Mandir- 3.10 Km W
St Marry’s Ortodox Church- 2.81 Km NNW
Gurudwara BAngla Saheb- 10.90 Km N
Lotus Temple- 5.21 Km NE
Community Facilities:
Post Office, Block N- 0.55 Km S
Pushp Vihar Post office- 0.72 Km SW
Post Office, Malviya Nagar-1.09 Km N
Federal Bank-0.98 Km NW
Coorporation Bank- 5.61 Km SSW
Kotak Mahindra Bank-4.61 Km NNW
7.3 Will the project cause adverse effects Land is part of existing hospital; no sacred site or other
on local communities, disturbance to cultural value site exists in the complex. Hence, no adverse
sacred sites or other cultural values? impact is envisaged.
What are the safeguards proposed?
8. BUILDING MATERIALS
8.1 May involve the use of building The major materials required for construction of the project
materials with high-embodied are steel, cement, bricks, flooring tiles / stones, sanitary and
energy. hardware items, electrical fittings, water, etc.
Are the construction materials Energy efficient Building material will be used.
produced with energy efficient
processes?
(Give details of energy conservation Details of Energy Conservation measures given in EIA
measures in the selection of building Report.
materials and their energy efficiency
8.2 Transport and handling of materials Yes, transportation and handling of material results in
during construction may result in pollution, noise however it is minimized by covering
pollution, noise & public nuisance. material by the tarpaulin and ensuring PUC certificate of
What measures are taken to minimize vehicles and good condition silencers.
the impacts?
8.3 Are recycled materials used in roads The debris of construction material will be also used in
and structures? backfilling, roads etc. The rest of the waste shall be sent to
State the extent of savings achieved? C & D facility. Recyclable waste like aluminium, steel,
wood pieces, cement bags, plastic containers, cartons, glass
etc. will be sold to authorized recyclers.
8.4 Give details of the methods of This solid waste will be disposed off as per municipal solid
collection, segregation & disposal of waste management and handling norms. Details of
the garbage generated during the collection, segregation and disposal of the biomedical waste
operation phases of the project. is given in the EIA Report.
9. ENERGY CONSERVATION
9.1 Give details of the power Power Requirement: 11377 KW
requirements, source of supply, Source of Power: BSES Rajdhani Power Ltd.
backup source etc. Power Back up:
What is the energy consumption DG Sets:
assumed per square foot of built- Existing: 2 X 1010 KVA
up area? Proposed: 12 X 1500 KVA
How have you tried to minimize Total (After Expansion): 12 X 1500 KVA & 2 X 1010 KVA
energy consumption? Fuel: Low sulphur Diesel
DG sets shall be bought acoustically enclosed and with
residential silencers.
Appropriate energy conservation measures & management
plan shall be adopted in order to minimize the consumptions
of non-renewable fuel.
9.2 What type of and capacity of Existing: -
power back-up do you plan to DG sets of 2 x 1010 KVA capacity
provide? These have been installed at site on surface
Proposed: - 12 X 1500 KVA
Total (After Expansion): 12 X 1500 KVA & 2 X 1010 KVA
These shall be installed to provide backup in
basement/ground.
9.3 What are the characteristics of the S. BUILDING ‘R’ Values ‘U’ Values
No MATERIAL (in Sq m. Deg (in Watts/
glass you plan to use? PROPOSED C/ Watts ) Sq m. Deg
WITH U & R VALUES C)
Provide specifications of its
1. Glass 0.30 3.3
characteristics related to both (Double reflective glass)
short wave and long wave Double reflective glass for external facade will be used.
radiation?
9.4 What passive solar architectural Building design and envelope is optimized through selection
features will be used in the of appropriate wall and roof construction and through
building? adoption of solar measures.
Illustrate the applications made in Yes, the layout of building has been designed to maximize the
potential for use of solar lighting per day devices.
the proposed project.
9.5 Does the layout of streets & Yes, the layout of building has been designed to maximize the
buildings maximize the potential potential for use of solar lighting.
for solar energy devices? Yes, solar power based street, common area light and solar
Have you considered the use of water heaters shall be used.
street lighting, emergency
lighting and solar hot water
systems for use in the building?
Substantiate with details.
9.6 Is shading effectively used to Architectural measures have been adopted to provide shading
reduce cooling/heating loads? devices for windows and roof which would effectively reduce
What principles have been used heating up of building envelope. Louvers and sunshades will
to maximize the shading of Walls be used around windows in order to protect from direct
on the East and the West and the sunlight.
Roof? How much energy saving
has been affected?
9.7 Do the structures use energy- Suitable energy optimization will be adopted during the
efficient space conditioning, calculation of energy load of the proposed project. The space
lighting and mechanical systems? heating load will be minimized by using solar structure and
Provide technical details. suitable buildings envelop material.
Provide details of the The details of the transformers and motor efficiencies,
transformers and motor lighting intensity and air-conditioning load assumptions will
efficiencies, lighting intensity be given in the EIA Report.
and air-conditioning load
assumptions?
Are you using CFC and HCFC Uses of incandescent lamp and halogen lamps will be avoided
free chillers? Provide and energy efficient compact fluorescent lamps & LED will
specifications be used for all common area.
9.8 What are the likely effects of the No significant effect is envisaged on the surrounding
building activity in altering the environment of project. Increased traffic generation and use
micro-climates? of D.G. Sets in the project will not cause significant increase
Provide a self-assessment on the in atmospheric concentration of gases and will not result in
likely impacts of the proposed heat island formation.
construction on creation of heat
island & inversion effects?
9.9 What are the thermal Brickwork, plaster, stone work, double insulated glass for
characteristics of the building external facade is given below-
envelope? (a) roof; (b) external S. No BUILDING MATERIAL ‘R’ Values ‘U’ Values
PROPOSED (in Sq m. (in Watts/ Sq m. Deg
walls; and (c) fenestration? WITH U & R VALUES Deg C/ C)
Watts )
Give details of the material used 1. Wall 2.27 0.44
Brick & ACC Blocks wall
and the U-values or the R values (230 mm thick), both side
thick sand cement plaster
of the individual components. (12-18mm) with insulation.
2. Roof 3.83 0.26

200 mm RCC slab with mud
phuska & clay tiles with 75
mm insulation.
3. Glass 0.30 3.3

(Double reflective glass)
9.10 What precautions & safety Fire storage tank with fire pumps like Hydrant pump, Jockey
measures are proposed against Pump, Pressure vessel & Diesel Engine Driven Pump will be
fire hazards? Furnish details of installed in the plant room.
emergency plans. Fire Hydrant System:
The hydrant ring main from fire pumps header are running all
around the buildings with yard hydrants at suitable intervals.
Wet risers are tapped from ring main and run along the shaft.
Fire hose cabinet is provided on all floors with accessories.
Sprinkler System:
It is provided on all floor areas except electrical rooms, server
rooms.
Overhead water storage tank at roof is connected to sprinkler
system.
Fire Extinguishers:
Portable type class A, B & C fire extinguishers will be
provided at all fire sensitive places.
9.11 If you are using glass as wall All fenestration with U-factors, SHGC, or visible light
material provides details and transmittance determined, certified, and labelled in
specifications including emissive accordance ISO 15099 shall be adopted.
and thermal characteristics.
9.12 What is the rate of air infiltration The rate of air infiltration into the buildings will be negligible.
into the building?
Provide details of how you are
mitigating the effects of
infiltration.
9.13 To what extent the non- Solar energy will be used. It is proposed to install Solar Heater
conventional energy technologies system.
are utilized in the overall energy
consumption?
Provide details of the renewable The details of the renewable technologies used will be given
energy technologies used. in the EIA Report.
10. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 The Environment Detailed Management Plan along with Monitoring

Management Plan would Plan will be given in the EIA Report.
consist of all mitigation
measures for each item wise
activity to be undertaken
during the construction,
operation and the entire life
cycle to minimize adverse
environmental impacts as a
result of the activities of the
project. It would also
delineate the environmental
monitoring plan for
compliance of various
environmental regulations.
It will state the steps to be
taken in case of emergency
such as accidents at the site
including fire.
Enclosure 2: ToR LETTER
Enclosure 3: TOR COMPLIANCE
TOR COMPLIANCE
S.NO TOR POINTS TOR COMPLIANCE
1. Examine details of landuse as per Master The land use details are given in Section- 3.8
Plan and landuse around 10 Km radius of the EIA report.
of the project site. Analysis should be The land use map & the satellite imagery is
made based on latest satellite imagery attached is given in chapter 3.
for landuse with raw images.
2. Submit details of environmentally Environmentally sensitive places are shown

sensitive places, land acquisition status, in Section 2.3.
rehabilitation of communities/villages The land is allotted by DDA to Gujarmal
and present status of such activities. Modi for development of the hospital. The
land papers are enclosed as enclosure-5 of
EIA report.
No rehabilitation of communities/ villages is

required as proposed site is a vacant land.
3. Examine baseline environmental quality Baseline environmental study is given in

along with projected incremental load chapter-3 of EIA Report.
due to the project. The projected incremental load/impact due to
the project is given in chapter-4 of EIA
Report
4. Environmental data to be considered in Environmental data to be considered in

relation to the project development relation to the project development would be
would be (a) land, (b) groundwater, (c) (a) land, (b) groundwater, (c) surface water,
surface water, (d) air, (e) bio-diversity, (d) air, (e) bio-diversity, (f) noise and
(f) noise and vibrations, (g) socio vibrations, (g) socio economic and health is
economic and health. given in chapter-3 of EIA Report.
5. Submit a copy of the contour plan with Contour plan is given in Enclosure- 9 of EIA
slopes, drainage pattern of the site and Report.
surrounding area.
6. Submit the details of the trees to be Few species of trees already exist at site
felled for the project. which are: Eucalyptus and neem were
abundantly found. List of trees/shrubs found
in core zone. Girth of these small trees are
within 10cm-15cm. Construction will be
done with minimum clearance of the
vegetation present. The existing plantation
details are given in Section- 9.6 of EIA
Report.
7. Submit the present land use and It is an expansion of existing Hospital. At

permission required for any conversion present, hospital is operational. For proposed
such as forest, agriculture etc. expansion, new blocks on existing land shall
be constructed. Some of the existing
vegetation shall be cleared off.
The present Land use of the project is a

vegetative land. The existing & proposed
land use of the site is given in Section- 4.1 of
EIA Report.
The land is allotted by DDA for construction

of a hospital. The land papers are attached at
Enclosure-5 of EIA Report. Thus, no
permission is required for any conversion
such as forest, agriculture etc.
8. Submit roles and responsibilities of the The roles & responsibilities are given in
developer etc for compliance of chapter 9 in section 9.8 of EIA Report
environmental regulations under the
provisions EPA Act.
9. Ground water classification as per the The Ground water quality as per CGWA is
Central Ground Water Authority. discussed in Section-3.7 of EIA Report.
10. Examine the details of source of water, Fresh water requirement of Hospital shall be
water requirement, use of treated waste 1809 KLD as per detailed below and shall be
water and prepare a water balance chart. met by Municipal Supply (Delhi Jal Board).
Approx. 1696 KLD of treated water shall be
reused for flushing, gardening misc. and
cooling plant. At present 3 no of RWH pits
exists at site. After proposed expansion 11
no. of rain water harvesting pits (rainy wells)
shall be constructed for recharging the
ground water.
11. Rain water harvesting proposals should At present 3 no of RWH pits area installed.
be made with due safeguards for ground After proposed Expansion, 11 no. of rain
water quality. Maximize recycling of water harvesting pits shall be installed at the
water and utilization of rain water. proposed site for recharging the ground
Examine details. water. Details Rain water harvesting are
given in Section-9.2 of EIA Report.
12. Examine soil characteristics and depth Geo-technical investigation report is

of ground water table for rainwater enclosed as Enclosure- 11.
harvesting.
13. Examine details of solid waste Details of solid waste generation, treatment
generation, treatment and its disposal and its disposal are given in Section- 9.5 of
EIA Report.
14. Examine and submit details of use of Details of use of solar energy and alternative
solar energy and alternative source of source of energy are given in chapter-5 of
energy to reduce the fossil energy EIA Report.
consumption.
15. DG sets are likely to be used during During construction phase DG sets of
construction and operational phase of capacity 500 KVA DG sets will be provided.
the project. Emissions from DG sets During operation phase, in case of power
must be taken into consideration while failure, power backup will be provided
estimating the impacts on air through DG sets- 12 x 1500 KVA (proposed)
environment. Examine and submit & 2 x 1010 KVA (Existing)
details. The impacts due to DG sets & their
mitigation measures are given in Section-4.4
of EIA Report.
16. Examine road/rail connectivity to the Road/rail connectivity are discussed in
project site and impact on the traffic due Chapter 2 Impact on traffic due to proposed
to the proposed project. Present and project is given in Chapter 4.
future traffic facilities for the region
should be analyzed with measures for
preventing traffic congestion and
providing faster trouble-free system to
reach different destination in the city.
17. A detailed traffic and transportation Detailed traffic survey is given in chapter 3.
study should be made for existing and
projected passenger and cargo traffic.
18. Examine the details of transport of Details of material for construction is given
materials for construction which should in Chapter 2.
include source and availability.
19. Examine separately the details for Environmental Management Plan for
construction and operation phases both Construction & Operation phase are
for Environmental Management Plan discussed in Chapter-9 of EIA Report and
and Environmental Monitoring Plan Environmental Monitoring Plan is discussed
with cost and parameters. in Chapter-6 of EIA Report
20. Submit details of comprehensive Disaster Management Plan including

Disaster Management Plan including emergency evacuation during natural and
emergency evacuation during natural man-made disaster is discussed in Chapter-7.
and man-made disaster.
Enclosure 4: Environment Impact Assessment Report
Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION
The proposed project “Expansion of the Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for
Medical Sciences is located at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi. As this project was
constructed before the EIA Notification 2006. Therefore, Environmental Clearance was
not obtained for the Earlier Phase. The hospital shall be developed by Gujarmal Modi
Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences. The total plot area of the hospital is
60724.9 Sqm and total built-up area after expansion will be is 400865.9 Sqm. Hence, it
falls under category ‘A’ under Schedule 8 (b) of the EIA notification, 2006.
It is an Expansion of already existing hospital building. At present, Hospital is operational.

For proposed expansion, new blocks on existing land shall be constructed.
The proposed expansion of “Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical
Sciences” will provide medical facilities of highest standards. It will increase
infrastructure of the area & will provide quality Medical Facilities.
PROFILE OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT:
The project will be developed by Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Centre for
Medical Sciences.
NAME AND CONTACT OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT
Registered Address: Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi
Contact Person- Kamalapati Kashyap (Secretary)
Phone no.- 9650490511
Email address- [email protected]
IMPLEMENTING ORGANIZATION
The land belongs to Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences.
The project will be developed by the Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for
Medical Sciences. The land papers is attached at Enclosure-6.
PROJECT CONSULTANTS INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT:
A) ARCHITECTS: M/s Sikka Assosiates Architects
B) ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS:
M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. established by experienced environmental and
related experts, provides specialized services in the field of Environment and Pollution
Control for all types of Industrial, Construction, Nuclear Sciences, Bio-diversity, Mining
and other related fields. Our transparent and professional approach, commitment to
excellent quality and service, timely deliveries have contributed to create a name in the
field of environment.
M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. is NABET Registered vide list of accredited
consultants organizations/ Rev 58/ 16th October, 2017 at S. No-107 & an ISO
9001:2015 & ISO 14001:2015 Certified Company.
The Environmental Monitoring for air, water, soil & noise has been conducted by in-house
NABL accredited laboratory namely M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd.
Team (EIA Coordinators, FAEs, AFAEs & Team Members) involved in the Project:
 EIA Coordinators: Mrs. Rachna Bhargava

 Assistant to EIA Coordinator: Sujitha Kumari
 Team:
Functional
Approved FAE Approved FAA Team Members
Area
LU Manoj Pant *** ***
AQ Nipun Bhargava *** ***
AP Akshay Chauhan Latika Sehgal ***
WP Neha Aggarwal *** ***
EB Dr. Purba Chatterji *** ***
SE Rachna Bhargava *** Manoj Pant
NV Partho Mukherjee Urvi Pritam ***
GEO Rajneesh Maurya Anand Singh ***
HG Santosh Pant Anand Singh Rajneesh Maurya
SC Rachna Dogra Chandra Shekhar ***
RH Nipun Bhargava *** Akshay Chauhan
SHW Praveen Bhargava *** ***
METHODOLOGY
This EIA/EMP report has been prepared based on the following:

1. EIA Guidance Manual for Township/ Area Development Projects, Ministry of
Environment & forests.
2. Additional Terms of Reference issued by EAC vide letter no. 21-124/2017-IA-III
dated 02.06.2017
3. Observations made by M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. during visits to the
study area and collection of primary and secondary environmental data.
The main components of the method are:
 Impact Identification
 Impact Assessment
 Impact Evaluation
 Mitigation Measures
LAND DESCRIPTION
The site is located near Press Enclave Road. The latitude & longitude of the site is
28°31'40.27"N & 77°12'50.46"E respectively. As this project was constructed before the
EIA Notification 2006. Therefore, Environmental Clearance was not obtained for the
Earlier Phase.
Site Location: Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi
ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT
Following legislations are applicable to the project. Therefore, it is the responsibility of

the developer to comply with these legislations.
 THE WATER (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT 1974

Under Section 25. Restrictions on New Outlets and New Discharges
 Applicable due to discharge of waste water from the project “Expansion of
Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences”
 Under the above-mentioned act, we shall take consent “consent to establish” &
“consent to operate” of the State Pollution Control Board.
 THE AIR (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT, 1981
Under section 21. Restrictions on use of certain industrial plants.

 Applicable due to provision of DG Sets which will be source of air emission to
atmosphere. Stack shall be installed.
 Under the above-mentioned act, we shall take consent “consent to establish” &
“consent to operate” from the State Pollution Control Board.
 THE WATER (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) CESS
ACT, 1977
Under Section 3: Levy and Collection of Cess

 There shall be levied and collected a cess for the purpose of the Water (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974) and utilization there under.
 The cess under sub-section (1) shall be payable by—
i. Every person extracting water from ground.
ii. Everyone using supply water.
 S.O.908 (E), [25/9/2000] - The Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and

Handling) Rules, 2016
As per this rule solid waste is to be segregated and disposed as per defined procedure at
MSW approved site or within its own premises by using different solid waste disposed
technologies.
 Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement)

Rules, in 2016
 Hazardous wastes shall be collected, treated, stored at isolated locations.
 It will be given to authorized recyclers/ service providers only.
 Authorization under this rule shall be taken from SPCB.
 E-waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2016
 E-waste shall be collected and stored at isolated location in the project
 It shall be disposed through approved recycler only.
 The Biomedical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2016
 Applicable due to provision of Hospital.
 The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
 The noise levels in any area shall not exceed the ambient noise quality standards
in respect of noise as specified in the schedule.
 The authority shall be responsible for the enforcement of noise pollution control
measures and the due compliance of the ambient noise quality standards in respect
of noise.
 EIA Notification, 2006 and amendments
EIA Notification, 2006 falls under EPA, 1986 under this act any project which has
probable impact on the environment is listed under 34 categories, then unit are required to
take prior environmental clearance after occupying/identifying the land for particular use.
As the proposed project falls under Category B activity 8 (b) (as per the notification issued
on 14th September 2006 by Ministry of Environment & Forests, MoEF).
 Norms & Codes Applicable to the Project

 Fire Fighting and High-rise Building Norms
– For Buildings more than 15 m, height- All necessary fire-fighting equipments shall
be in place before the occupancy of the building.
– Mandatory Mock-up drills- Regular and periodic mock-up drills shall be
undertaken by the Fire Department at least once in a year.
– NOC from the Fire Department- NOC shall be obtained from the local Fire Station
at 2 stages
– Before the construction
– Before the occupation of the Building
– Applicable guidelines of Fire Department National/State Disaster Management
Authority shall be strictly followed by the developer and occupiers/Cooperative
Societies.
 Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC Codes) 2016:
The norms shall be applicable to all the buildings constructed on plot having land
area> 500 sq m.
The provisions of the code apply to:
– Building envelops, except for unconditioned storage spaces or warehouses
– Mechanical systems and equipment, including heating, ventilating, and air
conditioning (HVAC)
– Service hot water heating
– Interior and exterior lightning
– Electrical power and motors.
Chapter 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
GOAL & OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT:
The proposed project “Expansion of the Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for
Medical Sciences is located at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi. As this project was
constructed before the EIA Notification 2006. Therefore, Environmental Clearance was
not obtained for the Earlier Phase. The hospital shall be developed by Gujarmal Modi
Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences. The total plot area of the hospital is
60724.9 Sqm and total built-up area after expansion will be is 400865.9 Sqm. Hence, it
falls under category ‘A’ under Schedule 8 (b) of the EIA notification, 2006.
It is Expansion of already existing hospital building. At present, Hospital is operational.

For proposed expansion, new blocks on existing land shall be constructed.
It shall be developed with an objective to provide best medical care & facilities of higher
standards to public. The activities proposed in the project are the OPD Block, R&D block,
Hospital building & Service Apartment/Residential building.
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PROJECT:
In the current Scenario, the need for best health care is as necessary as healthy air and
water for survival. The demand for world class Multi-specialty hospital is ever growing.
The proposed Expansion of the Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical
Sciences will ensure a dedicated service and quality doctors, nurses, and paramedical staff
for all kind of medical emergencies.
CRITERIA FOR SELECTION OF SITE:
This is an expansion of already Existing Hospital. The land is allotted by DDA to Gujarmal
Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences for development of Hospital.
A. Location: The proposed Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical
Sciences is located at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi-110017. The location of
the site is shown in fig 2.1.
Figure 2-1: Location map
B. Infrastructure around the Site

i. Physical
The surrounded area is moderately developed area. Area is well connected by road
network and has power supply with all necessary amenities
ii. Social Facilities
Hospital
Holy Angels Hospital 5.75 Km NW
Max Super Speciality Hospital 5.64 Km SEE
Fortis Fit Rajan Dhall Hospital 5.33 Km SWW
Safdurganj Hospital 4.62 Km N
Indraprastha Hospital 6.95 Km E
Schools /College
The Sri Ram School 7.16 Km NW
Ramjas School 4.85 Km NW
St Pauls School 2.71 Km NNW
Laxman Public school 1.97 Km NNW
Jawahar Lal Nehru University 4.85 Km W
Places of worship
Yogmaya Mandir 3.10 Km W
St Marry’s Ortodox Church 2.81 Km NNW
Gurudwara Bangla Saheb 10.90 Km N
Lotus Temple 5.21 Km NE
Post Office
Post Office, Block N 0.55 Km S
Pushp Vihar Post office 0.72 Km SW
Post Office, Malviya Nagar 1.09 Km N
Bank
Federal Bank 0.98 Km NW
Coorporation Bank 5.61 Km SSW
Kotak Mahindra Bank 4.61 Km NNW
Table 2-1; Social facilities near the site
C. Connectivity:
The project is strategically located at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi. The
connectivity to the site is given below & connectivity map is given in figure- 2.2.
Nearest Metro Station:
Saket Metro Station 2.66 Km NW
Nearest railway station:
Okhla Railway Station 6.14 Km NE

Nearest airport:
Safdarjung Airport 6.17 Km N
Nearest Highway:
Metro Ring Road 4.55 km N
Nearest Roads:
0.13 Km N
Pt Trilok Chand Marg
1.05 Km S
Mehrauli- Badarpur Road
1.59 Km SE
Dr B.R. Ambedkar Marg
0.11 Km E
Mandir Marg
0.78 Km W
Promod Mahajan Marg
MAP SHOWING CONNECTIVITY
Figure 2-2: Connectivity Map

D. Seismicity: Project Site is located in seismic zone IV.
E. Physiographic and topography of the area: There are no significant physiographic
features seen in the area or the surroundings. The entire area is monotonously flat. The
latitude & longitude of the site is 28°31'40.27"N & 77°12'50.46"E respectively.
Topographical map is given in fig 2.3.
Figure 2-3 Topographical Map
F. Ecological Sensitivity: There is no ecological sensitive area in core zone. The

ecological sensitivity of buffer zone is as follows:
Water sources or other water bodies Distance Direction
Water Body
Yamuna River 8.76 Km NE
Ghitorini Lake 8.16 Km SSW
Shamshi Talab 3.89 Km SW
Neela Hauz 4.25 Km W
Hauz Khas Tank 3.62 Km NW
Tuklaqabad Fort Pond 5.75 Km SE
Bharadwaj Lake 9.40 Km SSE
CITM Lake 9.95 Km SSE
Forest
Pusa Hill forest 10.17 Km NNW
Central Ridge Reserve Forest 11.11 Km N
Rajokari Protected forest 8.42 Km W
Aravali biodivbersity Park 6.83 Km NWW
Jahanpanah City Forest 2.93 Km E
City Forest Hauzrani 1.36 Km SW
Ristricted Forest 10.97 Km NE
Wildlife Sanctuary
Okhla Bird Sanctuary 10.00 Km E
Asola Wild Life Century 9.18 Km S
Table 2-2; Ecological sensitive area
Land Form & Land Ownership: This project is Expansion of the Gujarmal Modi
Hospital and Research Center for Medical Sciences. As this project was constructed before
the EIA Notification 2006. Therefore, Environmental Clearance was not obtained for the
Earlier Phase. This is an Expansion of Hospital project. The land is allotted by DDA dated
31/12/11 & for development of Hospital.
RESOURCE AND MANPOWER REQUIREMENT:
The project will provide employment to around 150 labourers during construction phase
and employment to 11000 personnel as staff will be required as hospital staff, institutes
staff and other staff for miscellaneous purposes.
TIME FRAME OF THE PROJECT:
After all the statuary approvals from Govt. Authorities and the grant of Environment
Clearance, the construction work will start and it will take approx. 36-42 months to
complete the project.
BRIEF DESCRFIPTION:
The total plot area of the hospital is 60724.9 Sqm and total build up area after expansion
will be is 400865.9 Sqm. Hence, it falls under category “A” 8(b) of the EIA notification,
2006.
The proposed project will provide medical facilities with highest standards. It shall be
developed with an objective to provide best medical care & facilities to public. The
activities proposed in the project are the OPD block, R&D block, Hospital building &
Service Apartment/Residential building.
The Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences will ensure a
dedicated service and quality doctors, nurses, and paramedical staff for all kind of medical
emergencies.
2.6.1 SITE PHOTOGRAPHS
Figure 2-4 Site Photographs
2.6.2 ACTIVITIES & FACILITIES PROPOSED IN THE PROJECT

The activities proposed in the project are the OPD Block, R&D block, Hospital building
& Service Apartment.
2.6.3 Project Details
Description EXISTING Area to be Area after Proposed Total Details
Details Demolished demolition area Sqm
Sqm Sqm Sqm
Plot Area 60724.9 Sq. - - 60724.9 60724.9 Sq. m
(In sqm) m Sq. m (15 Acres)
(15 Acres) (15 Acres)
Deduction 2619 Sq. m - - 2619 Sq. 2619 Sq. m
m
(0.65 (0.65 Acres)
Acres) (0.65
Acres)
Net Plot area 58105.9 Sq. - - 58105.9 58105.9 Sq. m
m Sq. m (14.35 Acres)
(14.35 (14.35
Acres) Acres)
Ground 23242.36 - - 23242.36 23242.36 Sq.
coverage Sq. m Sq. m m
(Permissible)
(In sqm)
Ground 7412.91 Sq. 3224.52 Sq. m 4188.39 Sq. 17542.57 21730.96 Sq.
coverage m m Sq. m m
(Proposed) (In (37.39%)
sqm)
F.A.R 217897.125 - - - 217897.125
(Permissible sqm sqm
for Hospital)
(In sqm)
FAR 22613.23 4317.37 Sq. m 18295.86 Sq. 199506.64 217802.50 Sq.
(Proposed) Sq. m m Sq. m m
Non-FAR - - - 13988 Sq. 13988 Sq. m
(MLCP + m
Service Area)
Other Non- - - - 73156.51 73156.51 Sq.
FAR Sq. m m
Total 1405.19 Sq. 1405.19 Sq. m 0 95918.9 95918.9 Sq. m
basement area m Sq. m
(In sqm)
Built-up Area 24018.42 5722.56 Sq. m 18295.86 Sq. 382570.05 400865.9 Sq.
(FAR+ NON- Sq. m m Sq. m m
FAR +
BASEMENT)
(In sqm)
Green Area 17435.8 Sq. - - - 16614.47 Sq.
m m
(28.59%)
Open & Road 33257.99 - 52644.8 Sq. - 19208.47 Sq.
sqm m m
Surface - - - - 552.30 Sqm
Parking Area
Description EXISTING Area to be Area after Proposed Total Details
Details Demolished demolition area Sqm
Sqm Sqm Sqm
Plot Area (In 60724.9 Sq. - - 60724.9 60724.9 Sq. m
sqm) m Sq. m (15 Acres)
(15 Acres) (15 Acres)
Deduction 2619 Sq. m - - 2619 Sq. 2619 Sq. m
m
(0.65 (0.65 Acres)
Acres) (0.65
Acres)
Net Plot area 58105.9 Sq. - - 58105.9 58105.9 Sq. m
m Sq. m (14.35 Acres)
(14.35 (14.35
Acres) Acres)
Ground 23242.36 - - 23242. 36 23242.36 Sq.
coverage Sq. m Sq. m m
(Permissible)
(In sqm)
Ground 7412.91 Sq. 3224.52 Sq. m 4188.39 17542.57 21730.96 Sq.
coverage m Sq. m m
(Proposed) (In (37.39%)
sqm)
F.A.R 217897.125 - - - 217897.125
(Permissible sqm sqm
for Hospital)
(In sqm)
FAR 22613.23 4317.37 Sq. m 18295.86 Sq. 199506.64 217802.50 Sq.
(Proposed) Sq. m m Sq. m m
Non-FAR - - - 13988 Sq. 13988 Sq. m
(MLCP + m
Service Area)
Other Non- - - - 73156.51 73156.51 Sq.
FAR Sq. m m
Total 1405.19 Sq. 1405.19 Sq. m 0 95918.9 95918.9 Sq. m
basement area m Sq. m
(In sqm)
Built-up Area 24018.42 5722.56 Sq. m 18295. 382570.05 400865.9 Sq.
(FAR+ NON- Sq. m Sq. m m
FAR +
BASEMENT)
(In sqm)
Green Area 17435.8 Sq. - - - 16614.47 Sq.
m m
(28.59%)
Open & Road 33257.99 - 52644.8 Sq. - 19208.47 Sq.
sqm m m
Surface - - - - 552.30 Sqm
Parking Area
Description EXISTING Area to be Details Proposed Total Details

Details Demolished after details
demolition
No. Of Floors G+4 - - G+13 G+13
No. Of 1 - - 10 10
Towers/Blocks
Level of 1 - - 4 4
Basement
Height of 18.52 m - - 45.0 m 45.0 m

Building
No of Beds 260 - 260 1843 Existing ;260

proposed:1843
Service Flats - - - 575 575
Total Population 4260 - 4260 33458 37718
Total Solid 717 Kg/day - 717 Kg/day 6434 7151 Kg/day

Waste Kg/day
Generation
Total Power 1150 KW - 1150 KW 10227 11377 KW
Load KW
D.G. sets 2 x 1010 - 2 x 1010 12 x 1500 2 x 1010 KVA

KVA KVA KVA &12 x 1500
KVA
Rain water 3 - - 11 14
Harvesting pits
STP Capacity 160 KLD - - 2 x 1200 2 x 1200 KLD

KLD
ETP Capacity - - - 2 x 180 2 x 180 KLD

KLD
Parking - - - - 4233 ECS

Required
Total Parking - - - - 4933 ECS

Provided
Projects details are given in Table 2-4:
Table 2-3: Project Details
POPULATION
The total population of the project has been estimated to be 37718 persons.
POPULATION DETAILS
Type Existing Proposed Total (After
Population Expansion)
In Patient 260 1843 2103
Staff 1500 9500 11000
Service Flats - 2875 2875
Visitors 2500 19240 21740

TOTAL 4260 33458 37718
POPULATION
Table 2-4; Population details
WATER SUPPLY SOURCE AND CONSUMPTIONS & WASTE WATER
MANAGEMENT:
2.8.1 During Construction phase

Water shall be arranged on temporary basis through tanker supplier. Mobile toilets for
construction labours shall be provided.
2.8.2 During Operation Phase

The total quantity of water required in the project after expansion will be 3508 KLD out
of which fresh water requirement will be 1809 KLD (Domestic- 1509 KLD; Lab 250 KLD
& steam boiler make-up - 50 KLD) which will be met by Municipal Corporation supply.
Details of Water management and Water Balance are given in Section-9.2.
The 1861 KLD of generated sewage shall be treated in 2 STP each of 1200 KLD and
Treated water of 1696 KLD will be reused in gardening, flushing, Cooling Plant and Misc.
and excess treated water of 72 KLD will be discharged to sewer. The total waste water
generation from lab will be 200 KLD which will be treated in 2 ETP each of 180 KLD.
The excess treated water of 190 KLD generated will be discharged to Sewer.
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
2.9.1 During construction

As most of the materials shall be dry solids, there shall be air pollution during their
handling at different stages for which all mitigation methods shall be adopted.
The construction debris shall be used for backfilling & road construction purposes within
the project site.
Excavation of 399943.65 m3 soil will be carried out in order to provide foundation and
basement. This excavated soil will be properly stacked within the project site under
tarpaulin cover and will be reused for levelling, back-filling purpose & road construction
purposes. The top soil shall be collected and used for landscaping purposes within the
Project.
Construction & demolition waste will be generated from the project site. Demolition
Debris will be used for levelling of low lying areas within the site. Demolition was shall
be stacked properly and covered under tarpaulin cover.
Approx. 120 Kg/day of Municipal Solid Waste generated from temporary labours shall be
disposed off as per Municipal Solid waste handling norms. Used oil whenever generated
from the DG sets shall be kept in an isolated area and in leak proof container and shall be
sent to the approved recycler.
2.9.2 During operation
2.9.2.1 Municipal solid waste

After expansion, the total amount of municipal waste generated will be 7151 kg/day out
of which 5006 kg/day will be treated in Organic waste converter present within the site
and 1787 kg/day of Non-Biodegradable & 358 kg/day will be given to approved recycler.
2.9.2.2 Hazardous Wastes

The hazardous waste in the form of used oil will be 171 litres/Month will be generated
from project after expansion which will be given to approved vender of CPCB.
Other hazardous waste like ETP sludge & hazardous chemical waste shall be disposed off
as per the Hazardous waste (management, handling & transboundary movement) rules,
2016.
2.9.2.3 Electronic Wastes

E –Waste of 2 kg/day will be handled as per E-waste (management & handling) rules,
2016.
2.9.2.4 Bio-medical waste

The bio-medical waste of 788 kg/day will be generated after proposed expansion which
will be given to approve biomedical waste service provider.
2.9.2.5 Radioactive waste

There will be generation of radioactive waste once in a while as the hospital includes an
oncology department. The radioactive waste shall be stored in an isolated restricted area
which shall be handled as per the applicable rules.
2.9.2.6 STP Sludge

About 128 Kg / day dried sludge will be generated from STP within complex. The sludge
will be passed through filter press where it will be dewatered/ dried & form a cake and
then will be used as manure in green areas and excess will be given to farmers/ nurseries.
POWER SUPPLY SOURCE AND REQUIREMENT:
The total electric load of the project after expansion will be 11377 kW which will be
sourced through BSES Rajdhani Power Ltd.
2.10.1 POWER BACK-UP
In case of power failure, power backup will be provided through DG sets- 2 x 1010 KVA
(Existing), 12 x 1500 KVA (Proposed).
AIR POLLUTION
The major air pollutants that will be released from the project are gases like NOX, SO2 and
PM from DG Sets & vehicular emission. For mitigation of impacts, adequate stack height
6m above roof level as per CPCB norms will be provided to D.G. Sets. And for vehicular
emission, proper plantation will be done in order to trap pollutants.
PARKING MANAGEMENT
Parking requirement for the proposed project is 4233 ECS, thus adequate provision will
be kept for car parking. As the project comprises of OPD, R & D block and Service
Apartments/Residential building, so the project proponent has proposed car parking for
residents, staff & visitors. The parking provision of 4933 ECS shall be provided at
basement, surface & Multi-Level Car Parking.
COST OF THE PROJECT
Total cost of the project is Rs. 1500 crores.
ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY OF THE SITE:
The project site during construction & operation phase will have some impact on water
resources, noise and air pollution. The details of which are explained in further chapters
along-with their mitigation measures so as to limit the environmental liability to the least.
MAPS/ TOPOSHEETS ATTACHED:
a) 10 km radius map (Toposheet): Attached as Enclosure-7

b) Contour plan: Attached as Enclosure-9
c) Site layout plan: Attached as Enclosure-8
BUILDING MATERIAL USED
Material Source Quantity

BRICKS Local market As per Requirement
CEMENT Local market As per Requirement
READY MIX Local market As per Requirement
CONCRETE
WOOD Local market As per Requirement
TILES Local market As per Requirement
FLY ASH Local market As per Requirement
FITTINGS (FOR Local market As per Requirement
DOOOR & WINDOWS)
INSULATION Local market As per Requirement
MATERIAL
PIPING Local market As per Requirement
GLASS Local market As per Requirement
ALUMINIUM Local market As per Requirement
IRON Local market As per Requirement
STAIN LESS STEEL Local market As per Requirement
PAINT Local market As per Requirement
Table 2-5; Building Materials used
Chapter 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
INTRODUCTION
EIA report contains a detailed description of existing environment that would be or might
be affected directly or indirectly by the proposed project. Environmental baseline
monitoring is a very important stage of EIA. Environmental baseline monitoring, during
the operational phase, helps in judging the success of mitigation measures in protecting
the environment.
Environmental facets that are considered in relation to “Expansion of Gujarmal Modi

Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences” can be categorized into following
groups:
a) Topography
b) Ambient air quality
c) Noise quality
d) Water quality
e) Soil quality
f) Land use
g) Biological Environment
h) Socio-economic status
i) Traffic density
The intention of environmental baseline monitoring is not just to describe all baseline
conditions but to focus the collection and description of baseline data on those
environmental conditions that are important and are likely to be affected by the proposed
project activities and is included in impact assessments. The project will be “Expansion
of Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences” located at Press
Enclave Road, New Delhi. At present baseline of the area is discussed in this chapter.
TOPOGRAPHY
The National Capital Territory (NCT) of Delhi occupies an area of 1483 Sq.km. lies
between latitudes 28024’ 15’’ and 28o053’ 00’’N and longitudes 760 50’24” and 77020’
30” E. The district falls in Yamuna Sub-basin and forms a part of Ganga Yamuna Doab.
Physiographically, the area is flat as of the other areas of alluvial plain except ridges
present at eastern and south- eastern part namely Northern Ridge (Kamla Nehru Ridge)
and Central Ridge. The highest point 302 mRL is situated close to the southern periphery,
whereas the lowest point 210 mRL is located in Northern periphery. The area is cress-
crossed with dense network of roads, besides, having a railway line and canal system,
rendering the modification of the original natural drainage. The main drainage channel of
the area is Yamuna River which flows from North to south. The site is situated 8.77 Km
west of the Yamuna river.
METHODOLOGY
For the present study, all the sampling locations are marked with the help of topographical
maps. The land use/ land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale using Satellite
imagery, topographical maps, Survey of India and ground truth information. The baseline
environmental quality has been assessed during Summer Season (March 2017 to May
2017). Meteorological data of IMD station at Palam, Delhi has been used for the study.
Samples of air, water and soil from the site and nearby areas has been collected and
analysed for the study of existing condition. Primary and secondary data collection has
been done by the Ecology and Biodiversity team for the study of flora and fauna in the
core and Buffer Zone.
The baseline data is generated through field study within the impact zone (Core Zone and
Buffer Zone) for various components of the environment viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land,
Ecology and Socioeconomic. The baseline environmental quality has been assessed during
Summer Season (March 2017 to May 2017) in a study area of 10 Km radius distance from
the project site. While generating the baseline status of physical and biological
environment of the study area, the concept of impact zone has been considered. The impact
zone selection is based on preliminary screening and modelling studies. The methodology
for various environmental facets are as follows:
I. Ambient Air Quality: The ambient air quality monitoring was done to assess
the ambient air quality in one season. Monitoring was carried out in the Summer
Season from the month of March 2014 to May 2015.The guidelines for
selections of ambient air monitoring stations given in IS – 5182 part 14, 2000
were followed.
II. Water Quality: To assess the water quality of the proposed area, sampling
was done as per the standard practice. Grab, Integrated and composite sampling
was done for ground and surface water. Water samples were taken as per the
Standard Methods (IS & APHA, 22nd Edition 2012). Necessary precautions
were taken for preservation of samples. The physical parameters viz. pH,
temperature and conductivity were measured at site using portable water
analyzer.
III. Ambient Noise Quality: At each station noise level was monitored for 24-
hours simultaneously. For each measurement, dB (A) readings was taken for
every 15 minutes for 24 hrs ones in a season to get Leq values.
IV. Soil Quality: For soil, augur method was used and samples were collected at
15 cm depth after removing the upper crust.
V. Land Use: The land use/ land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale
using Satellite imagery, topographical maps, Survey of India and ground truth
information.
VI. Biological Environment: Primary and secondary data collection has been done
by the Ecology and Biodiversity team for the study of flora and fauna in the
core and Buffer Zone.
VII. Socio Economic Environment: For demography and socioeconomics, block
wise data has been collected and used for the assessment of impacts.
VIII. Micro-Meteorological Data: Meteorological data of IMD station at Delhi has
been used for the study. The important parameters considered are temperature,
humidity, wind speed, wind direction and rainfall.
METEOROLOGY
3.4.1 Climatic Conditions (As Indian Meteorological Data, Palam)

The proposed project Expansion of “Gujarmal Modi Hospital and Research Center for
Medical Sciences” is located at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi. The
meteorological data from Indian Meteorological Station was processed for the nearest
IMD station at Palam which has been utilized for the study. The important parameters
considered are temperature, humidity, wind speed, wind direction and rainfall. The
meteorological data of last Eleven years (2002-2013) as recorded at Palam are given
below:
3.4.2 Temperature:
The maximum temperature of the area was recorded as 47.2 in June (2005) whereas the
minimum temperature of the area was recorded 0.3 in January 2006. Data of the maximum
and minimum temperature are given below.
Temperature (0C)
Month Year H Max. Year L Min. Year M Max. Year M Min.
January 2007 31.0 2006 0.3 2006 21.8 2008 6.9
February 2006 35.7 2004 3.2 2006 29.6 2002 9.6
March 2004 40.1 2003 6.7 2004 33.7 2003 15.1
April 2003 44.1 2013 12 2002 39.5 2005 20.6
May 2013 47.2 2004 16.8 2013 42.8 2008 25
June 2003 47.1 2011 21.4 2009 42.6 2008 26.2
July 2009 43.3 2003 23 2002 40.5 2003 26.3
August 2002 40.2 2013 20.8 2009 36.1 2004 26.2
September 2005 38.8 2002 20.4 2004 35.5 2002 23.5
October 2009 38.8 2004 13.7 2008 34.1 2007 17.7
November 2003 34.6 2003 5.9 2011 29.6 2003 11.8
December 2011 30.4 2013 3.1 2002 24.7 2005 5.9
Table 3-1: Temperature Record
(Source: IMD, Station- Palam from 2002 - 2013)
H max- Highest max, L min- Lowest min, M max- Mean max., M min- Mean min.
Figure 3-1: Highest Maximum Temperature (°C)
Highest Maximum Temperature (°C)

50 47.2 47.1
44.1 43.3
45 40.1 40.2 38.8 38.8
40 35.7 34.6
Temperature (°C)
35 31 30.4
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Figure 3-2: Lowest Minimum Temperature (°C)
Lowest Minimum Temperature (°C)

25 23
21.4 20.8 20.4
20
16.8
Temperature (°C)
15 13.7
12
10
6.7
5.9
5 3.2 3.1
0.3
0
Figure 3-3: Mean Maximum Temperature (°C)
Mean Maximum Temperature (°C)

45 42.8 42.6
39.5 40.5
40 36.1 35.5
33.7 34.1
35
Temperature (°C)
29.6 29.6
30
24.7
25 21.8
20
15
10
5
0
Figure 3-4: Mean Minimum Temperature

(°C)
Mean Minimum Temperature (°C)
30 26.2 26.3 26.2
25
23.5
25
Temperature (°C)
20.6
20 17.7
15.1
15 11.8
9.6
10 6.9 5.9
5
0
3.4.3 Relative Humidity:
The Maximum relative humidity was recorded as 84.5% in January 2003. Minimum
relative humidity was recorded as 25.5 % in April & May 2005. The humidity figures
show that area is semi-arid.
Table 3-2- Relative humidity record
Humidity (%)
Month Year Max Year Min
January 2003 84.5 2008 60.5
February 2013 79.5 2008 53
March 2013 63.0 2004 44
April 2013 46.0 2005 25.5
May 2006 45.0 2005 25.5
June 2008 70.0 2009 32.5
July 2013 78.0 2002 47
August 2013 83.0 2005 61
September 2003 74.5 2008 64.5
October 2013 69.0 2007 45.5
November 2011 63.0 2005 56.5
December 2003 78.0 2005 63.5
Figure 3-5: Maximum Humidity (%)

Figure 3-6: Minimum Humidity (%)
Maximum Humidity (%)

90 84.5 83
79.5 78 78
80 74.5
70 69
70 63 63
Humidity (%)
60
50 46 45
40
30
20
10
0
Minimum Humidity (%)

70 64.5 63.5
60.5 61
60 56.5
53
50 47 45.5
44
Humidity (%)
40
32.5
30 25.5 25.5
20
10
0
Jan-08 Feb-08 Mar-04 Apr-05 May-05 Jun-09 July-02 Aug-05 Sep-08 Oct-07 Nov-05 Dec-05
3.1.3 Rainfall:
The maximum rainfall was recorded in July (upto 495.6 mm) in 2002. From data it is clear
that maximum time of year remain dry, the dry months exceed wet months. July & August
& September are the wettest months and are considered as monsoon season. The Average
Annual Rainfall is 657.97 mm.
Table 3-3: Rainfall Record (mm)
Rainfall (mm)
Month Year Max Year Min Average
January 2011 39.2 2003 0.2 12.73
February 2004,2006 75.5 2013 0 28.71
March 2002,2004 53 2007 0 13.1
April 2001,2008 28.3 2,003 0 9.93
May 2013 150.7 2002 1.1 51.96
June 2002 154.4 2013 13.1 85.45
July 2002 495.6 2003 1.7 161.1
August 2006 218.6 2004 103.2 153
September 2004 320.6 2011 2.9 124.7
October 2002,2003,2005,2007,2008,2011 76.7 2004 0 13.52
November 2004,2005,2007,2008,2011 3.4 2009 0 0.52
December 2004,2005,2008,2011 18.7 2003 0 3.25
Figure 3-7: Maximum Rainfall (mm)
Maximum Rainfall (mm)

600
495.6
500
400
Rainfall (mm)
320.6
300
218.6
200
150.7 154.4
100 75.5 76.7
39.2 53 28.3
3.4 18.7
0
Jan 03 Feb 13 Mar 07 Apr 03 May 02 Jun 13 Jul 03 Aug 04 Sep 11 Oct 04 Nov 09 Dec 03
Figure 3-8: Minimum Rainfall (mm)
Minimum Rainfall (mm)

120
103.2
100
Rainfall (mm)
80
60
40
20 13.1
5.8 2.1 1.7 2.9 2.8
0.2 1 1.1 0.2 0.3
0
Jan Feb 09 Mar 03 Apr 06 May 13 Jun 02 Jul 02 Aug 06 Sep 04 Oct 09 Nov 06 Dec 07
2011
Figure 3-9: Average Rainfall (mm)

Average Rainfall (mm)
180
161.1
160 153
140 124.7
120
Rainfall (mm)
100 85.45
80
60 51.96
40 28.71
20 12.73 13.1 9.93 13.52
0.52 3.25
0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
3.1.4 Wind Speed:
The maximum wind speed was recorded in July (14.7 Km/hr.) in 2002 and minimum wind
speed was recorded in December (2.4 Km/hr.) in 2004.
Table 3-4: Wind Speed Record
Month Year Max Wind Year Min Wind

speed (Km/hr) speed (Km/hr)
January 2011 9 2003 4.2
February 2005 10.2 2006 6.8
March 2004 11.1 2006 8.4
April 2009 12.2 2006 9.5
May 2002 14.5 2011 10.9
June 2007 14.3 2008 7.6
July 2002 14.7 2013 8
August 2005 13.1 2003 6
September 2005 11.8 2003 5.9
October 2008 7.4 2004 4.9
November 2005 6 2002 2.3
December 2004 6.4 2002 2.4
Source: IMD, Station- Palam from 2002 - 2013)

Figure 3-10: Mean Maximum Wind Speed (Km/hr)
Mean Maximum Wind Speed (Km/hr)

16 14.7
14.5 14.3
14 13.1
12.2 11.8
12 11.1
Wind Speed (Km/hr)
10.2
10 9
8 7.4
6 6.4
6
0
Jan-11 Feb-05 Mar-04 Apr-09 May-02 Jun-07 Jul-02 Aug-05 Sep-05 Oct-08 Nov-05 Dec-04
Figure 3-11: Mean Minimum Wind Speed (Km/hr)
Mean Minimum Wind Speed (Km/hr)

12 10.9
10 9.5
Wind Speed (Km/hr)
8.4
8
7.6
8
6.8
6 5.9
6 4.9
4.2
4
2.3 2.4
2
0
Jan-03 Feb-06 Mar-06 Apr-06 May-11 Jun-08 Jul-13 Aug-03 Sep-03 Oct-04 Nov-02 Dec-02
3.1.5 Wind Direction:

Table 3-5: Wind direction record
Month Direction Calm

January NW 24.6%
February W 18.2%
March W 9.0%
April NW 6.3%
May W 5.0%
June W 7.2%
July E 7.4%
August E 12.6%
September NW 14.7%
October NW 28.5%
November W 46.3%
December W 39.7%
The predominant wind direction is towards West. The season wise predominant wind
directions are given below:
Winter Season West
Summer season West
Post Monsoon Season West
Seasonal Wind Rose Diagram:

WIND ROSE DIAGRAM ANNUAL (2002-2013)
Figure 3-12 Windrose diagram (annual average)
WIND ROSE DIAGRAM WINTER SEASON (2002-2013)
Figure 3-13 Wind Rose Diagram Winter Season
WIND ROSE DIAGRAM SUMMER SEASON (2002-2013)

Figure 3-14 Wind Rose Diagram of summer Season
WIND ROSE DIAGRAM POST MONSOON SEASON (2002-2013)
Figure 3-15 Wind Rose Diagram of Monsoon Season
MICRO - METEOROLOGICAL DATA
A weather station was installed near the site for hourly monitoring of temperature,
humidity, wind speed, wind direction and rainfall data for the month of March 2017 to
May 2017. Average data is given below:
Wind speed
Month Temperature (oC) Humidity (%)
(m/s)
Mi Mea Ma Mi Me Ma Mi Me
Max
n n x n an x n an
1st March-31st 14. 82. 16. 12.

39.4 25.6 44 0.1 3.8
March 2017 1 2 1 9
1st April-30th April 44 21 33

73.3 7.2 25.2 4.6 0.1 1.1
2017 .2 .0 .1
1st May- 31st May 46 20 35

88 8.0 34.5 4.0 0.1 0.6
2017 .0 .0 .2
Table 3-6; micro meteorological data

i) Temperature: Temperature of the area varied from 14.10C to 46.0 0C. Mean
temperature varied from 25.60C to 35.2 0C.
ii) Relative Humidity: Humidity of the area varied from 8.0 % to 88.0%. The mean
humidity varied from 25.2 % to 44.0 %.
iii) Wind Speed: Wind speed was in the range of 0.1 m/s to 12.9 m/s. The wind speed
was almost close to each other during the whole study period. The average wind speed
varied from 0.6 m/s to 3.8 m/s.
Wind rose Diagram:
Figure 3-15; Seasonal Windrose Diagram

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
The ambient air quality monitoring was done to assess the ambient air quality in one
season. Monitoring was carried out at five stations for the month of March 2017 to May
2017.
The guidelines for selections of ambient air monitoring stations given in IS – 5182 part
14, 2000 were followed. These guidelines state that, “when the objective of air sampling
is to identify the contribution from specific sources of pollution, the sampling locations
should be located in upwind and the downwind of such sources”.
The location of air quality monitoring stations should satisfy the following conditions:
 The site should be representative of the area selected;

 The station should be set up and operated so as to yield data that can be compared with
those from stations within the network; and certain physical requirements should be
satisfied at the site.
3.6.1 Sampling Stations

To select the air sampling locations, meteorological data with respect to temperature,
relative humidity, wind speed and direction plays a vital role. Predominant wind direction
plays an important role in determining location of monitoring stations. The monitoring
station will be located in area that is downwind from the source. Location of Air sampling
stations is shown in below.
Station Location Distance & Project area / Environmental

No. Direction from study area Significance
project area
Onsite West direction
A1 Commercial area Existing air
of site
quality at core
Onsite East direction of
A2 Commercial area zone
site
A3 Katwaria Sarai 2.1 Km, NW Residential area
Khanpur 2.3 Km, SE Residential area Existing air
A4
quality at
A5 Mehrauli 3.5 Km, WSW Residential area
Buffer Zone
A6 Alaknanda 3.7 Km, East Residential area
Table 3-7; Sampling Location for Ambient Air Quality
The predominant wind direction is from West to East. To study the present ambient air
scenario at onsite two locations were selected.
A1: Onsite upwind direction within the site in West direction.
A2: Onsite downwind direction within the site in East direction.
A3: Katwaria Sarai is 2.1 km in NW direction of the site. Shaeed Jeet Singh Sanswal Marg
is in South direction of location.
A4: Khanpur is a densely populated residential area, located SE direction of the site.
Mehrauli Badarpur road is in North Direction of Khanpur .
A5: Mehrauli is a densely populated residential Area. It is in WSW direction of the site.
Anuvrat Marg is in East direction & Abdul Gafar Khan Marg in WSW direction of
Mehrauli Village .
A6: Alaknanda is a residential area. It is in East direction of the site.Guru Ravi dass Marg
is in East direction of Village .
Figure 3-16; Ambient air onsite sampling locations on 10 Km Topographical Map

Ambient Air Sampling Locations
Figure 3-17; Ambient air sampling locations on 10 Km Topographical Map

Sampling Procedure
Time averaged in – situ sampling was adopted by passing a known volume of air through
a trap, and a collecting medium (filter paper and bubbler).
This procedure was adopted because there are no short-term variations and low
concentration of gaseous pollutants was expected.
3.6.2 Analytical methods followed for ambient air quality monitoring:

I. Particulate Matter (PM2.5): (USEPA Quality Assurance Hand Book (Vol.II)
Part II, Quality Assurance Guideline Document,2.12): Particulate Matter
(PM2.5) was analyzed by Gravimetric Method. Particulate matter was collected on
the 37 mm dia glass micro fiber Filter Paper. PM 2.5 value is determined from the
values of volume of air passing through Ambient Fine Dust Sampler.
II. Particulate Matter (PM10) (IS:5182 Part 23:2006):Particulate Matter (PM10)
was carried out by Respirable Dust sampler as per IS: 5182(Part 23):2006.
Particulate matter was collected on the GF/A Filter Paper. Particles with
aerodynamics diameter less than the cut-point of the inlet are collected by the filter.
The mass of these particles is determined by the difference in filter weight prior to
and after sampling.
III. Sulphur dioxide (SO2) (IS: 5182; Part – II – 2001): Sulphur dioxide is absorbed
by aspirating a measured air sample through a solution of Potassium or sodium
tetrachloromercurate, TCM. This procedure results in the formation of a dichloro
sulphite mercurate complex. The Sulphite Ion produced during sampling is reacted
with sulphamic acid, formaldehyde and pararosaniline to form an azo dye and then
determined colorimetricaly.
IV. Nitrogen Oxides (IS: 5182; Part – VI – 2006): Nitrogen dioxide is collected by
bubbling air through a sodium hydroxide- sodium arsenite solution to form a stable
solution of sodium Nitrite. The Nitrite Ion Produced during sampling is reacted
with hydrogen peroxide, Sulphanilamide and NEDA to form an azodye and then
determined calorimetrically.
3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality Results

At each station of ambient air quality was monitored twice a week for 3 months March to
May-2017 24 hourly at uniform intervals.
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS
Table 3-8; Ambient Air quality results of PM2.5&PM10
Min. Max. Mean Min. Max. Mean
Percentile
Percentile
Location
98
98
PM2.5 PM10
(Standard – 60 µg/m 3) (Standard – 100 µg/m 3)
A1 64.2 110.4 109.5 89.6 159.6 282.1 261.4 212.6
A2 61.7 106.2 105.3 86.1 153.5 271.3 251.3 204.4
A3 69.1 118.9 117.9 96.5 171.9 303.8 281.5 228.9
A4 75.3 129.5 128.5 105.1 187.2 331.0 306.6 249.4
A5 66.6 114.7 113.7 93.0 165.8 293.0 271.4 220.8
A6 72.2 124.2 123.2 100.8 179.6 317.4 294.0 239.2
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS
Table 3-8; Ambient Air quality results of SO2&NOx
Min. Max. Mean Min. Max. Mean

Percentile
Percentile
Location
98
98
SO2 NOx
(Standard – 80 µg/m 3) (Standard – 80 µg/m 3)
A1 13.5 20.7 20.5 17.3 26.9 42.3 41.2 34.9
A2 13.0 19.9 19.7 16.6 25.9 40.6 39.6 33.5
A3 14.6 22.3 22.1 18.6 29.0 45.5 44.3 37.6
A4 15.9 24.3 24.1 20.3 31.6 49.6 48.3 40.9
A5 14.1 21.5 21.3 18.0 28.0 43.9 42.8 36.0
A6 15.2 23.3 23.1 19.5 30.3 47.5 46.3 39.2

(Source of Standards: G.S.R 826(E) dated 16 th November 2009 of MoEF, Laboratory engaged: M/s
Perfact Researchers Pvt.Ltd. (NABL Accredited
3.6.4 Data Interpretation

The ambient air quality results are summarized in above tables. The data interpreted is
based on the mean values.
The Core zone:
1. The mean value of the site A1 –West direction of site, SO2 (17.3 µg/m3) & NOX
(34.9 µg/m3) are within the limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards.
However, the value of PM10 (212.6 µg/m3) and PM2.5 (89.6 µg/m3) is higher than the
National ambient air quality standards due to vehicular movement at Pt. Trilok Chand
Sharma marg and Mandir Marg which is in North and East direction of the location
respectively.
2. The mean value of the site A2 –East direction of site, SO2(16.6 µg/m 3) & NOX (33.5
µg/m 3) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards. However, the
value of PM10 (204.4 µg/m 3) and PM2.5 (86.1 µg/m 3) is higher than the National ambient
air quality standards due to vehicular movement at Pt. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg and
Mandir Marg which is in North and East direction of the location respectively.
Buffer zone:
3. The Mean value of the site A3 – Katwaria Sarai, SO2(18.6 µg/m3) & NOX (37.6
µg/m3) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards. However, the
value of PM10 (228.9 µg/m3) and PM2.5 (96.5 µg/m3) is higher than the National
ambient air quality standards due to vehicular movement at Shaheed Jeet Singh
Sansanwal Marg which is in South direction of the location.
4. The Mean value of the site A4 – Khanpur, SO2(20.3 µg/m 3) & NOX (40.9 µg/m 3) are
within the limits of National ambient air quality standards. However, PM10 (249.4
µg/m 3) and PM2.5 (105.1 µg/m 3) is higher than the standard limits of National ambient
air quality standards as the area is densely populated so some fugitive emission
generation occur due to near-by local activities & vehicular activity at Mehrauli-
Badarpur road which is in North side of location.
5. The Mean value of the site A5- Mehrauli, SO2 (7.8 µg/m 3), & NOX (33.6 µg/m 3) are
within the limits of National ambient air quality standards. However, PM10 (224.8
µg/m 3) and PM2.5 (86.4 µg/m 3) is higher than the limits of National ambient air quality
standards as the area is densely populated so some fugitive emission generation occur
due to near-by local activities & vehicular activity at Anuvrat Marg which is in East
side of location.
6. The Mean value of the site A6 – Alaknanda, SO2(19.5 µg/m 3) & NOX (39.2 µg/m 3)
are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards. Except PM10 (239.2
µg/m 3) & PM2.5 (100.8 µg/m 3) are higher than the limits of National ambient air quality
standards due to fugitive emission generated and due to vehicular and other urban area
activities. Vehicular movement at Guru Ravidas Marg which is in East direction of
location also contributes to the increased values.
Water Regime
GEOLOGY
Part of the district is under Older Alluvial Plain and Delhi ridge. This district has varied
surface altitude due to Delhi Ridge, the general elevation of ridge ranging from 209 to 219
m msl.
The District is occupied by quartzite and Quaternary alluvial sediments. Quartzites are
interbedded with mica schist and phyllites. The Alwarquartzites of Delhi System exposed
in the area belong to Ajabgarh Group of Delhi Supergroup of Proterozoic to Cenozoic age.
Quaternary sediments belong to Middle to Late Pleistocene Age.
The soil ranges from pure sand to stiff clays and including all combination of the two
extreme litho units. The pure sand is called Bhur and clay is called Matiar. The mixture of
sand and clay in equal proportion forms Dumat or loam, a good agriculture soil. The bad
land patches (Kallor) which are ingested with Reh at places do not support any vegetation
growth. Alluvial soils occurring in flood plain of rivers is called Kemp which yield good
crops. Kankars invariably associated with clay and at times retards ground water
movement
HYDROLOGY-
The ground water availability in the territory is controlled by the hydro geological
situation characterized by occurrence of alluvial formation and quartzite hard rocks. The
NCT Delhi can be divided into following distinct hydro geological units: Newer Alluvium
- Yamuna flood plain deposits, Older Alluvium - Eastern and western sides of the ridge,
Older Alluvium - Isolated and nearly closed Chattarpur alluvial basin and Quartzitic
Formation - NNE-SSW trending Quartzitic Ridge.
The Depth to water level recorded in NCT Delhi as on date ranges from 1.20 to 67.73
mbgl. The deeper water levels are mostly found in south and south west districts of NCT
Delhi, while the shallower water levels are found in central, northern and eastern part of
Delhi. According to CGWB data south district shows depth to water level in the range
of 20 to 40 meters below ground level. In New Delhi and South-West district depth to
water level in the range of 10 to 20 mbgl. In Central, East and North west districts the
water level is in the range of 5-10mbgl. While in East, North, North East, North West, and
West district have water level in the range of 2 to 5 mbgl. The Yamuna flood plain in NCT
Delhi also has depth to water level in the range of 2-5 mbgl. The decadal pre-monsoon
water level data shows that nearly 95% monitoring stations shows decline in water level
in the range of 0.08 to more than 20 meters as compared with 10 year mean of May water
level. The maximum fall have taken place in district of South and South-West (i.e. 11.01
to 26.55m).
GROUNDWATER DEVELOPMENT
The complex situations of ground water occurrence in different formations, presence of

saline ground water at varying depth in the aquifers and growing urbanization influences
availability of ground water in different parts of NCT of Delhi.
The annual replenish able ground water resources in NCT Delhi as 29710 hectare meter
(Ha m) and the net ground water availability of NCT Delhi as 28156 ham. District wise
net groundwater availability and gross groundwater draft. The annual ground draft for
NCT Delhi (as on 2004) is 47945 ha.m. of which 20002 ha.m is for irrigation use, 21506
ha.m is for domestic use, 2137 ham by farmhouses and around 4300 ha.m for industrial
uses.
The area where site is located falls in south district of Delhi. The detail of the block is
given below
Sl. Bloc Net Annual ground Existing gross ground Stage of ground
No. ks water availability (in water draft for all water
ham) uses (in ham) development (in
%)
sout
1 h 3433 8343 243%
WATER CONSERVATION & ARTIFICIAL RECHARGE –
As the district receives 617 mm of annual rainfall there is ample scope of rainwater
harvesting in existing ponds by rejuvenating these and even constructing new pond in the
low-lying areas with enough catchment's. Construction of Percolation tanks and recharge
shafts. Construction of river embankments along Yamuna river. There is a considerable
scope of roof top rainwater harvesting for ground water recharge in urban areas.
WATER QUALITY
3.8.1 Sampling Stations:

To assess the water quality of the proposed area, following 10 stations (6 ground water &
4 surface water) were selected. Location of Water sampling stations is described below
and location below:
Station No. Location Distance & Environmental

Direction from Significance
Project area
W1 Onsite (Nearby site) -- Existing Ground water

quality at core zone
W2 Hauz Rani 0.2 Km, North Existing Ground water

quality at Buffer zone
W3 Malviya Nagar 0.5 Km, North
W4 J. Block, Saket 0.67 Km, South
W5 Khirki 0.7 Km, NE
W6 Pushp Vihar 1.3 Km, ESE
SW1 Hauz Khas Jheel 3.5 Km, West
SW2 Shamshi Talab 3.9 Km, SW Existing Surface water
SW3 Neela Hauz 4.1 Km, West quality at Buffer zone
SW4 Yamuna River 9.1 Km, NE
Table 3-12; Sampling locations for Water quality

Criteria of Selection of sampling Locations:
Water sampling locations were selected based on following criteria: source of water, flow
of water, geological structure (hydrogeology), use of water, depth of water table etc. One
water samples were collected from nearby site.
In buffer zone, water sample (Bore well) was collected from 5 locations, Malviya Nagar,
J. Block- Saket & Pushp Vihar , Hauz Rani and Khirki Village.
Surface water was collected from downstream to study the chemical parameters. During
surface water sampling flow of water pays an important role. In present study, sources of
surface water are Hauz Khas Jheel, Shamshi Talab, Neela Hauz & Yamuna river.
3.8.2 Sampling Locations:
Figure 3-18: Water sampling Locations on 10 Km Topographical Map

3.8.3 Sampling Frequency and Sampling Techniques:
As per the standard practice grab sampling was done for 9 locations, integrated sampling
for Yamuna River. Water samples were taken as per the Standard Methods (IS & APHA,
22nd Edition 2012). Necessary precautions were taken for preservation of samples.
The physical parameters viz. pH, temperature and conductivity were measured at site
using portable water analyser.
As evident from the sampling locations for water quality assessment represented surface
and groundwater. The results of water quality assessment are given below.
GROUND WATERQUALITY RESULTS:
Table 3-13; Water quality results
Ground water quality results of Core & Buffer Zone
IS: 10500 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6
S. Drinking Onsite Hauzrani Malviya J. Block, Khirki Pushp
Parameter Unit
No. Water Nearby (Supply Nagar Saket (Bore (Supply Vihar
Standards water) (Bore well) well) water) (Bore well)
(Bore
well)
1 Colour Hazen 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
2 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
3 Turbidity NTU 1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
4 pH Value -- 6.5-8.5 6.9 7.1 7.0 7.4 7.4 7.0
5 Temperature ºC - 24.0 24.6 24.2 24.2 24.1 24.2
6 Conductivity µmhos/cm - 1704 212.3 1856 233.4 394.2 1067
7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 872.2 104.8 924.8 125 194.7 495.3
8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 219.9 30.0 189.9 29.0 48.0 96.0
9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0 0.540 0.061 0.710 0.028 0.024 0.058
10 Total Hardness mg/l 200 474 96 560 80 124 224
11 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 89.6 24 121.6 20.8 33.6 12.8
12 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 30 61.0 8.7 62.2 6.8 9.7 46.7
13 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 200 59.7 21.2 126.4 19.6 26.1 20.3
14 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 45 40.4 6.1 39.8 4.4 12.9 35.3
15 Alkalinity mg/l 200 440 75 534 60 98 234
16 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - 66.0 3.4 68.0 6.7 12.8 28.0
17 Potassium (as K) mg/l - 8.4 0.021 18.1 0.521 1.26 6.58
18 Nickel mg/l - 0.056 0.038 0.059 0.041 0.048 0.047
Table 3-6; Ground water quality results
(Source of Standards: IS: 10500, Laboratory M/s Laboratory: Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd. (NABL Accredited)
3.8.1 Data Interpretation of Ground water quality (Core zone & Buffer Zone):
The Ground water quality results clearly explains that
Core Zone:
1. The Ground water quality at location W1 at Nearby Site (Bore well) shows that the pH
is 6.9. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (872.2 mg/l), Total Hardness (236
mg/l), Calcium (89.6 mg/l), Magnesium (61.0 mg/l) & Alkalinity (440 mg/l) are higher
than the drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are within the range.
Buffer zone ground water results: is taken as the area within 10 km radius from the
proposed project site.
1. The water quality at location W2-Hauzrani (Supply Water) shows that all the parameters
are within the range of drinking water standards (IS:10500).
2. The water quality at location W3- Malviya Nagar (Bore well) shows that the pH is 7.0.
Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (924.8 mg/l); Total Hardness (560 mg/l);
Calcium (121.6 mg/l); Magnesium (62.2 mg/l) & Alkalinity (534 mg/l) are higher than the
drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are within the range.
3. The water quality at location W4- J Block- Saket (Bore well) shows that all the parameters
4. The water quality at location W5-Khirki (Supply Water) shows that all the parameters
5. The Water results in the location W6-Pushp Vihar (Bore well) shows that Total Hardness
(224 mg/l), Magnesium (46.7 mg/l) & Alkalinity (234 mg/l) are higher than the drinking
water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are within the range.
The Results are further explained in detail:
 The Total Dissolved Solids of the sampling location Onsite nearby location W1 (872.2
mg/l) & W3-Malviya Nagar (924.8 mg/l are found above than the drinking water
standards (IS:10500) due to increased dissolution or evaporative enrichment. Human
activities may also have affected the TDS levels in ground water i.e. application of
synthetic fertilizers, manures, and wastewater percolation can all contribute salt to
groundwater.
High values of TDS influence the taste, hardness, and corrosive property of the water
and causes excessive scaling in water pipes, heaters, boilers, and household appliances
 The Total Hardness of Onsite nearby location W1 (474 mg/l), W3-Malviya Nagar (560
mg/l) & W6-Pushp Vihar (224 mg/l) is found to be higher than the drinking water
standards (IS:10500). The hardness contributed due to seepage and run off from soil.
Hardness is normally considered an aesthetic water quality factor because of the
unpleasant taste that a high concentration of calcium and other ions give to water. It
reduces the ability of soap to produce lather and cause scale formation in pipes and on
plumbing fixtures.
 The Calcium Concertation in the areas Onsite nearby location W1 (89.6 mg/l) & W3–
Malviya Nagar (121.6 mg/l) is found to be higher than the drinking water standards
(IS:10500). High calcium levels may adversely affect the absorption of essential
minerals in the body.
 The Magnesium Concertation in the areas W1 (61 mg/l), W3-Malviya Nagar (62.2
mg/l) & W6-Pushp Vihar (46.7 mg/l) is found to be higher than the drinking water
standards (IS:10500). Magnesium at high concentration contributes to undesirable
taste and may have laxative effect.
 The Alkalinity in the areas Onsite nearby location W1 (440 mg/l), W3-Malviya Nagar
(534 mg/l) & W6-Pushp Vihar (234 mg/l) is found to be higher than the drinking water
standards (IS:10500). due to Bicarbonate released through dissolution of carbonate
minerals, seepage and runoff from soil. Anthropogenic sources of alkalinity include
limestone applied to fields to increase soil pH. Other sources like domestic waste can
contribute to high alkalinity. High levels of alkalinity lead to objectionable taste, or
precipitation of scale in pipes and containers. Chronic effect being necrosis of cells.
SURFACE WATER QUALITY RESULTS OF BUFFER ZONE
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
Hauz Khas Shamshi Neela Hauz Yamuna CPCB Surface water quality criteria
Jheel Talab River IS: 10500 (Drinking
S.No. Parameters Unit
Water Standard) Class Class Class Class Class
‘A’ ‘B’ ‘C’ ‘D’ ‘E’
2.5 2 1.5 <1 5
1 Colour Hazen - - - - -
objectionable objectionable objectionable Agreeable Agreeable
2 Odour -- - - - - -
2 1.5 2 0.5 <1

3 Turbidity NTU - - - - -
7.4 7.4 7.5 7.9 6.5-8.5 6.5- 6.5- 6.5-

4 pH Value -- 6-9 6-8.5
6.8 8.5 8.5
23.5 23.2 23.8 23.8 -
5 Temperature ºC - - - - -
721.4 1254 952.8 426.7 -
6 Conductivity µmhos/cm - - - - 2250
Total Dissolved 342 612.9 519.2 213.3 500
7 Solids mg/l - - - - -
100.0 163.0 110.0 40.0 250

8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l - - - - -
0.066 0.071 0.081 0.051 1.0

9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l - - - - -
160 200 196 84 200
10 Total Hardness mg/l - - - - -
25.6 56 49.6 19.2 75
11 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l - - - - -
Magnesium (as 23.3 14.6 17.5 8.7 30

12 Mg) mg/l - - - - -
<0.04 0.082 <0.04 0.052 0.3

13 Iron (as Fe) mg/l - - - - -
85.7 59.9 28.0 37.4 200
14 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l - - - - -
74 140 168 47 200

15 Alkalinity mg/l - - - - -
56.0 67.0 38.0 20.0 -

17 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - - - - -
4.86 14.2 7.21 0.214 -
18 Potassium (as K) mg/l - - - - -
120 49.0 34.0 30.0 -

19 BOD mg/l ≤2 ≤3 ≤3
210 90.0 110 80.0 - - - - - -
20 COD mg/l
3.4 4.1 4.0 4.3 - - -
DO mg/l ≥6 ≥5 ≥4
21
Ammonical 1.51 1.2 1.2 0.8 - - - - - -
22 mg/l
Nitrogen
Total Suspended 35.0 12.4 13.0 24 - - - - - -
23 mg/l
Solids
24 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 610 310 135 818 - ≤50 ≤500 ≤5000 - -
25 Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml 345 205 118 730 - - - - - -

0.520 0.131 0.023 0.025 - - - - - -
26 Nitrite Nitrogen mg/l
4.3 13.4 4.3 0.4 - - - - - -
27 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l
0.048 0.039 0.051 0.047
29 Nickel (as Ni) mg/l
Manganese (as <0.01 0.028 0.012 <0.01
30 mg/l
Mn)
Aluminium, Lithium, Total Chromium, Zinc, Lead, Copper, Phosphate, Cadmium, Surfactant, Phenols, Arsenic, Cyanide, Selenium, Mercury, PCB, PAH
& Boron are below detection level
Table 3-7; Ground water quality results

Laboratory: M/s PerfactResearchers Pvt.Ltd (NABL Accredited
3.8.2 Data Interpretation:
1. SW1 : The surface water quality of Hauz Khas Jheel which is located in the
buffer zone shows Turbidity (2 NTU) is higher than the drinking water standards
. All the parameters are within the CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of water
‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’, ‘D’ & ‘E’. except BOD (120 mg/l) and DO (3.4 mg/l) which does
not fall under CPCB Surface Water Quality Criteria.
2. SW2 : The surface water quality of Shamshi Talab shows that Turbidity (1.5
NTU) and Total Dissolved Solids (612.9 mg/l) is higher than the drinking water
standards . All the parameters are within the CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class
of water ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’, ‘D’ & ‘E’. Except BOD (49 mg/l) which does not fall
under CPCB Surface Water Quality Criteria; DO (4.1 mg/l) is acceptable as per
CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘C’.
3. The Surface water quality of the Neela Hauz shows that Turbidity (2 NTU) and
Total Dissolved Solids (519.2 mg/l) is higher than the drinking water standards.
All the parameters are within the CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of water
‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’, ‘D’ & ‘E’. except BOD (34.0 mg/l) which does not fall under
CPCB Surface Water Quality Criteria; DO (4.0 mg/l) is acceptable as per CPCB
Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘C’.
4. The Surface water quality of the Yamuna River shows that all the parameters
are within the CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’, ‘D’ &
‘E’. BOD (30.0 mg/l) is acceptable as per CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of
water ‘B’ & ‘C’; DO (4.3 mg/l) is acceptable as per CPCB Water Quality Criteria
Class of water ‘C’. All other parameters are within the standard range.
NOISE QUALITY
3.9.1 Noise Measurement Locations:

To assess the noise level of the proposed area, following stations were selected.
Location of Noise sampling stations is described below and location is shown in
the fig below:
“Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences”. at Press enclave road, Saket, New Delhi-110017
.
LOCATIONS OF NOISE SAMPLING STATION
Station Location Distance & Project area / study Environmental

No. Direction area Significance
from project
area
Onsite West direction Silence Zone Existing Noise quality

N1
of site at core zone
Onsite East direction Silence Zone

N2
of site
N3 Katwaria Sarai 2.1 Km, NW Residential Area Existing Noise quality

at Buffer zone
N4 Khanpur 2.3 Km, SE Residential Area
N5 Mehrauli 3.5 Km, WSW Residential Area
N6 Alaknanda 3.7 Km, East Residential area
Pt. Trilok chand Adjacent to Commercial Area

N7
Marg site, North
Mandir Marg Adjacent to Commercial Area

N8
site, East
Table 3-8; Noise sampling stations

To study the present ambient noise level at project site two onsite noise monitoring
location was selected. Pt. Trilok chand Marg and Mandir Marg are in the North and East
direction of site adjacent to site.
N1 & N2 are two locations selected within the proposed site.
N1: Onsite upwind direction within the site in West direction. Pt.Trilok Chand Marg is in
North direction of site & Mandir Marg is in East direction of Site .
N2: Onsite downwind direction within the site in East direction. Pt.Trilok Chand Marg is
in North direction of site & Mandir Marg is in East direction of Site .
N3: Katwaria Sarai is 2.1 km in NW direction of the site. Shaeed Jeet Singh Sanswal Marg
is in South direction of location.
N4: Khanpur is a densely populated residential area, located SE direction of the site.
Mehrauli Badarpur road is in North Direction of Khanpur .
N5: Mehrauli is a densely populated residential Area. It is in WSW direction of the site.
Anuvrat Marg is in East direction & Abdul Gafar Khan Marg in WSW direction of
Mehrauli Village.
N6: Alaknanda is a residential area. It is in East direction of the site.Guru Ravi dass Marg
is in East direction of Village .
Pt. Trilok Chand Marg & Mandir Marg are the roads studied.
113
Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
.
LOCATIONS OF NOISE SAMPLING:
Figure 3-8; Noise sampling locations on 10 Km Radius Topographical Map
114
.
3.9.2 Methodology
At each station noise level was monitored for 24-hours simultaneously. For each
measurement, dB (A) readings was taken for every 15 minutes for 24 hrs ones in
a season to get Leq values.
S. Locations Class Leq Leq Day time Night

No. Day Night (6.00 A.M time
noise noise to 10.00 (10.00
level level P.M) P.M to
dB(A) dB(A) 6.00 A.M)
Standard Standard
(Leq in (Leq in
dB(A) dB(A)
Core zone noise quality
Onsite Silence Zone

N1 as it is 57.2 51.2 50 40
hospital area.
Onsite Silence Zone

N2 it is hospital 56.8 50.1 50 40
area.
Buffer zone noise quality
Katwaria Residential
N3 59.4 52.6 55 45
Sarai Area
Khanpur Residential
N4 58.5 50.3 55 45
Area
Mehrauli Residential
N5 57.9 49.5 55 45
Area
Alaknanda Residential
N6 57.5 47.3 55 45
Area
115
.
Pt. Trilok Commercial
N7 Chand area 71.4 64.8 65 55
Marg
Mandir Commercial
N8 69.3 61.7 65 55
Marg area
Table 3-9; Noise quality results

(Source of Standards: CPCB standards for Noise Pollution (Regulation & control) Rules,
Laboratory:M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.Ltd (NABL Accredited)
3.9.3 Data Interpretation:

The Ambient Noise Quality results are summarized above. The results are
discussed below:
Core Zone: N1, N2: The ambient noise level during day time at the proposed
project site varies from 57.2 dB (A) to 56.8 dB (A) which are above the standard
limit of Silence zone ~ 50 dB (A) which is due to vehicular Traffic at Pt. Trilok
Chand Marg and Mandir Marg. During night, the noise level at the project site
ranges from 50.1 dB (A) to 51.2 dB (A) which are above the night-time noise
standard limit of 40.0 dB (A) which can be due to vehicular movement at Pt. Trilok
Chand Marg and Mandir Marg.
Buffer Zone:
N3: The ambient noise level in residential area i.e. Katwaria Sarai is 59.4 dB (A)
which is higher than the day time noise standard limit of residential area are ~ 55.0
dB (A). During night, the noise level was recorded 52.6 dB (A) which is higher
than the standard limit of residential area are ~ 45 dB (A). The increased noise
level is due to the vehicular movement at Shaheed Jeet singh Sansalwal Marg
located in east direction.
N4: The noise level at Khanpur is 58.5 dB (A) which is higher than the standard
limit of residential area are ~ 55 dB (A). During night, the noise level was recorded
50.3 dB (A) which is higher than the standard limit of residential area are ~ 45 dB
(A). The increased noise level is due to the local residential activity & Vehicular
movement at Mehrauli Badarpur Road.
N5: The ambient noise level in residential area i.e. Mehrauli is 57.9 dB (A) which
is higher than the standard limit of residential area are ~ 55 dB (A). During night,
the noise level was recorded 49.5 dB (A) which is also higher than night-time noise
116
.
standard limit of ~ 45.0 dB (A). The increased noise level is due to the local
residential activity.
N6: The noise level at Alaknanda is 57.5 dB (A) which is higher than the standard
limit of residential area are ~ 55 dB (A). During night, the noise level was recorded
47.3 dB (A) which is slightly above the standard limit of residential area are ~ 45
dB (A). The increased noise level is due to the local residential activity &
Vehicular movement at Guru Ravidas Marg.
N7: The noise level of Pt. Trilok chand Marg is 71.4 dB (A) which is higher than
the standard limit of commercial areas of ~ 65 dB (A). During night, the noise level
is 64.8 dB (A) which is also higher than the standard limits of commercial area ~
55 dB (A) due to vehicular movement.
N9: The noise level of Mandir Marg is 69.3 dB (A) which is higher than the
standard limit of commercial areas of ~ 65 dB (A). During night, the noise level is
61.7 dB (A) which is also higher than the standard limits of commercial area ~ 55
dB (A) due to vehicular movement
SOIL QUALITY
To assess the soil quality of the proposed area, following stations were selected.
Soil profile and quality was studied at 6 different locations. Location of Soil
sampling stations is described below
Station Location Distance & Project area Environmental

No. Direction from / Study area Sitting
Project area
S1 Onsite -- Land Put to Existing Soil

non- quality at core
agricultural zone
uses
Commercial
S2 Hauz Rani 0.2 Km, North Permanent
Pastures &
other grazing
lands Grass Existing Soil
Land quality at
S3 Malviya Nagar 0.5 Km, North Permanent Buffer zone
Pastures &
other grazing
lands Grass
Land
S4 J. Block, Saket 0.67 Km, South Permanent
Pastures &
117
.
other grazing
lands Grass
Land
S5 Khirki 0.7 Km, NE Permanent
Pastures &
other grazing
lands Grass
Land
S6 Pushp Vihar 1.3 Km, ESE Permanent
Pastures &
other grazing
lands Grass
Land
Table 3-10; Sampling locations for soil quality
To study the present soil quality at project site one sample from vacant land
collected from onsite. Shaurpur village is the nearest habitat so one vegetative land
sample was collected to know the present soil fertility status of the area near the
site. Other sampling location in the Buffer zone i.e. Rajpur Khurd Village,
Aamwala Johar village, Dadronwala johar, Sangam Vihar & Fatehpurberi village
were selected to know the present soil quality of the area nearby the project site.
118
.
LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATION:
Figure 3-9; Soil sampling locations on 10 Km Topographical Map
119
.
3.10.1 Sampling procedure & Analysis:
Augur method was used and samples were collected at 15 cm depth after removing
the upper crust. Sample from each spot were well mixed with hand on a clean
polythene sheet. About 1 kg of soil was retained after process of quartering. This
sample was kept for some time for air-drying at room temperature, stored in
polythene bag with label at the top. Samples were analysed for bulk density, pH,
nitrogen, phosphorus, calcium, magnesium and organic contents. Soil Quality
Results are summarized in the table below.
120
ONSITE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF SOIL
Table 3-17; Onsite Soil Quality results (Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd (NABL Accredited)
Core Zone soil

Buffer Zone soil quality results
quality results
S.
Parameter S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
No.
Onsite Hauz Rani Malviya Block J Khirki Pushp
Nagar Vihar
1 Colour Dull Brown Dull Brown dark
Dull Brown (5/3) Brown (3/4) Brown (3/4)
(5/4) (5/4) Brown (2/3)
2 Sand: 10 Sand: 11.8 Sand:24.2 Sand: 6.2 Sand: 22.5 Sand: 13.0
Composition (%)
Silt: 60 Silt: 45.2 Silt: 41.4 Silt: 53.2 Silt: 41.6 Silt: 48.2
Clay: 29.3 Clay: 42.6 Clay: 34.1 Clay: 40.2 Clay: 35.6 Clay: 38.6
3 Moisture Content (%)
0.7 1.1 0.3 1.5 0.7 1.0
4 Conductivity (µS/cm)
365.3 246.3 198.9 175.1 190.1 215.4
.
Bulk density (gm/cc) 1.17 1.25 1.16 1.21 1.19 1.32
Porosity (%) 32.5 30.3 36.2 28.5 27.8 29.6
1 Silt Clay
Texture Silt Clay loam Silt Clay Clay loam Silty Clay Clay loam
loam
2 pH 7.45 7.1 6.97 7.14 6.96 7.48
3 Available Nitrogen (mg/kg) 84.0 70.0 61.6 53.2 78.4 75.6
4 Available P (mg/kg ) 26.4 21.2 23.6 18.4 10.8 26.4
5 Available K (mg/kg) 83.5 44.5 34.5 38.0 61.5 56.0
6 Ca (mg/kg) 88.0 68.0 68.0 64.0 60.0 72.0
7 Mg (mg/kg) 36.0 28.0 36.0 24.0 48.0 36.0
8 Organic matter (%) 0.54 0.49 0.59 0.52 0.62 0.54
9 Nitrate Nitrogen (mg/kg) 46.5 39.1 36.4 33.0 43.3 42.3
10 Chloride (mg/kg ) 87.5 70.0 61.3 52.5 70.0 61.3
11 Available Sulphur (mg/kg) 24.4 10.1 13.2 13.2 9.6 11.9
12 Exchangeable Sodium (mg/kg) 91.9 86.9 61.9 69.9 84.9 73.9
122
.
13 Cation Exchange 43.2 35.9 37.7 59.8 59.8

54.3
Capacity(meq/100gm)
14 Bi carbonate(mg/kg) 61.0 73.2 36.6 85.4 61.0 73.2
15 Orthophosphate(mg/kg) 1.2 0.5 0.9 0.4 0.5 0.3
123
FERTILITY OF SOIL AT ONSITE
Parameters Result in Low Medium High Remarks

mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg
(0-15 cm) (0-15 cm) (0-15 cm) (0-15 cm)
Nitrogen 84 <156 157-313 >314 Low
Potassium 83.5 <67 67.1-156 >156 Medium
Phosphorus 26.4 <5.5 5.6-13.9 >14.0 High
Table 3-11 Fertility of soil onsite

(Source: Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd. (NABL Accredited)
3.10.2 Data Interpretation

Results are summarized in above tables.
Core Zone: Texture of soil is Silty clay Loam. Soil texture is one of the most
important physical properties of soil that affects its fertility and productivity. The
whole soil environment is regulated by soil texture. Soil texture governs most of
the properties of the soil, its permeability, its capacity to retain water, its degree of
aeration, its ability to make the nutrients stored in the clay-humus complex
available to plants, its ability to withstand mechanical working of the top soil, and
finally, its ability to support a permanent plant cover. In present case soil texture
clearly indicates that the soil in core zone contains high percentage of silt which
cannot hold water and nutrients and makes soil less fertile. So, the trees which can
grow in these conditions can be planted.
The result shows that colour is Dull Brown and pH is 7.45. The availability of
many plant nutrients in the soil changes because of reactions in the soil, which are
largely controlled by soil pH.
Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 0.54 %, the Available Nitrogen
is 84 mg/kg is lower in range, the available phosphorus 26.4 mg/kg is High in range
while available potassium 83.5 mg/kg is medium in range, Primary nutrient profile
shows that soil is average fertile due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen.
Nitrogen is the most important fertilizer element. Plants respond quickly to
.
application of nitrogen. This element encourages above ground vegetative growth

and gives a deep green colour to the leaves & Potassium is the third essential
fertilizer element and it is essential for photosynthesis, for protein synthesis, for
starch formation and for the translocation of sugars. So, the addition of bio
fertilizers will enhance the fertility of soil.
Buffer Zone: The result shows that texture of soil varies from Silty Clay to clay
loam texture. Colour varies from brown to dull brown, pH ranges from 6.97 to
7.48. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 0.49 % to 0.62 %, the
Available Nitrogen is 53.2 mg/kg to 78.4 mg/kg & the Available Phosphorus is
10.8 mg/kg – 26.4 mg/kg is higher in range while Available Potassium is 34.5
mg/kg to 61.5 mg/kg is lower in range, Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is
low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen and available
potassium.
Primary nutrient profile shows average fertile soil along the stretch. Nitrogen is
the most important fertilizer element. Plants respond quickly to application of
nitrogen. This element encourages above ground vegetative growth and gives a
deep green color to the leaves & Potassium is the third essential fertilizer element
and it is essential for photosynthesis, for protein synthesis, for starch formation
and for the translocation of sugars. So, the addition of bio fertilizers will enhance
the fertility of soil.
Land Use
INTRODUCTION
As per the mandatory requirements, the mapping of Land use and Land cover of
the area falling within the 10-sq. km of the proposed site is undertaken with the
help of Topographical data, Satellite data and field studies Land use and Land
cover of the buffer zone is prepared.
METHODOLOGY
The methodology applied comes under following steps:

Image Extraction:
Satellite imageries for the Area of Interest were created through Image processing
software.
Geo-Rectification:
125
.
Geometric correction includes correction for geometric distortions due to sensor,

earth geometry variations and conversion of the data to real world coordinates (e.g.
Latitude and Longitude) on the Earth’s surface. The satellite imagery was
geometrically rectified with reference to the geo-referenced toposheets and vector
data.
Image Enhancement:
Image enhancement is one of the important image processing functions primarily
done to improve the appearance of the imagery to assist in visual interpretation and
analysis. Various options of image enhancement techniques were tried out to get
the best image for visual interpretation. Histogram equalized stretch enhancement
techniques was applied to the imagery of the study area for better interpretation of
different features in the satellite imagery.
3.11.1 INTERPRETATION OF SATELLITE IMAGE

Visual interpretation technique has been used for digitization of geographical
feature for different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spatial pattern
of geographic feature. Spectral signature represents various land use class. Image
interpretation keys are developed based on image characteristics like color, tone,
size, shape, texture, pattern, shadow, association etc, which enables interpretation
of satellite images for ground feature. Statics of geographic feature has been
developing for impact assessment due to project activity.
3.11.2 RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS:

The land use/ land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale using Satellite
Images, topographical maps, Survey of India and ground truth information. Based
on the methodology developed for the present land use/ land cover, categories have
been grouped under the following major land use/land cover categories.
126
.
Table 3-12Land Use Pattern of Buffer Zone
S Area in SQ Area In
Category Percentage
No. Km Ha
1 Agriculture Land 29.54 2953.61 9.37
2 Barren Land 5.03 503.16 1.60
3 Built-up, Rural 6.15 614.66 1.95
4 Built-up, Urban 203.21 20321.27 64.45
5 Forest, Deciduous 6.52 652.39 2.07
6 Forest, Scrub Forest 1.21 120.79 0.38
7 Scrub Land 57.67 5766.64 18.29
8 Water Bodies, Pond/Reservoir 0.18 17.75 0.06
9 Water Bodies, River/Canal 5.78 577.73 1.83
Total 315.28 31527.99 100.00
Land Use Breakup for Expansion of Gujarmal

Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical
Sciences At Press Enclave Road, Saket, New
Delhi
0.06% 1.83% Agriculture Land
1.60%
9.37% 1.95% Barren Land
0.38% 18.29%
Builtup, Rural
2.07%
Builtup, Urban
Forest, Deciduous
Forest, Scrub Forest
64.45%
Scrub Land
Water Bodies, Pond/Reservoir
Water Bodies, River/Canal
Figure 3-19: Land use breakup of the area
127
.
 Built-up:
Built-up land includes the urban or rural settlements. The built-up locations and
their area extent have been extracted from the existing satellite imagery. The major
built-up area is about 20935.93 hectares which is 66.40 percent of the total 10 km
radius study area.
 Agricultural land:
Based on satellite imagery, topographical maps and ground truth. The land use is
mainly agricultural. The total agricultural area is about 2953.61 hectares which is
9.37 percent of the total study area.
 Barren land:
Based on satellite imagery, topographical maps and ground truth waste/ barren
land area extent have been extracted. The Barren land area is about 503.16 hectares
which is 1.6 percent of the total 10 km radius study area.
Forest:
Based on satellite imagery, topographical maps and ground truth. Forest area
extent have been extracted. This area is about 773.18 hectares which is 2.45
percent of the total 10 km radius study area.
Water Bodies:
Based on satellite imagery, topographical maps and ground truth water bodies area
extent have been extracted. This area is about 595.48 hectares which is 1.89
percent of the total 10 km radius study area.
128
.
Land Use / Land Cover map of the study area
Figure 3-20: Satellite Imagery of Land use map
FLORA AND FAUNA
3.12.1 Introduction on Ecology and Biodiversity: -

A natural ecosystem is a complete community of living organisms and non-living
constituents in a given area and their interactions. An ecosystem has self-sustaining
ability and controls the number of organisms at any level by cybernetic rules. The
basic purpose to explore the biological environment under Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) is to assess the potential ecological impacts of the proposed
project upon ecology and develop adequate mitigation measures to keep ecological
impacts within acceptable limits. An ecological survey of the study area was
conducted, particularly with reference to listing of species and assessment of the
existing baseline ecological conditions in the study area. The main objective of the
ecological survey is aimed at assessing the existing flora and fauna components in
129
.
the study area. Data has been collected through extensive survey of the area with
reference to flora and fauna.
With the change in environmental conditions, the vegetation cover as well as

animals reflects several changes in its structure, density and composition. The
present study was carried out separately for floral and faunal community of core
and buffer zone respectively.
Need to study:
The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:
 To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project
site (within 10 km. radii)
 To assess the animal life spectra (within 10 km radii)
To achieve the above objectives a study area was undertaken. The different
methods adopted were as follows:
 Compilation of secondary data with respect to the study area from

published literature and various government agencies;
 Generation of primary data by undertaking systematic ecological studies in

the area.
Selection of Sampling Location for the study of Flora and Fauna:
Core Zone: Core zone is the area where project is to be constructed.

The proposed project is an “Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital &
Research centre for Medical Sciences”, at Press Enclave Road, Saket,
New Delhi-110017. All the flora and fauna of core zone have been
recorded during the survey.
Buffer Zone: The zone falling with in 10Km radius around the project
area. For sampling purpose, buffer zone is further divided in 2 Km and
5 Km. Patches of flora is studied in 6 locations within 2 km, 2 locations
within 5 Km. Location of flora is given below. Fauna is recorded
randomly.
130
.
Table for location:
S.No Name of the Distance & Direction

Location
E1 Nearbysite 0.18 Km North
E2 Press Enclave 0.34 Km WNW
E3 Shivalik 1.04 Km NW
E4 PSRT 1.10 Km ENE
E5 Hauzrani forest 1.14 Km SSW
E6 Sainik Farm 1.60 Km WSW
E7 Jahapanah City forest 2.01 Km East
E8 Hauz Khas Village 2.72 Km
Sample location Map
131
.
Introduction of the project highlighting the Environmental

sensitivity:
The proposed project is an “Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research

center for Medical Sciences”, at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi-110017.
Forest falling within the Buffer Zone are Pusa Hill Forest (10.17 Km NNW),
Central Ridge Reserve Forest (11.11 Km N), Rajokari Protected Forest (8.42
Km W), Aravali Biodiversity Park (6.83 Km NWW), Jahanpanah City Forest
(2.93 Km E), City Forest Hauzrani (1.36 Km SW), and Restricted Forest (10.97
Km NE). Water Bodies within the Buffer Zone are Yamuna River (8.76 Km NE),
Ghitorini Lake (8.16 Km SSW), Shamshi Talab (3.89 Km SW), Neela Hauz (4.25
Km W), Hauz Khas Tank (3.62 Km NW), Tuklaqabad Fort Pond (5.75 Km SE),
Bharadwaj Lake (9.40 Km SSE) and CITM Lake (9.95 Km SSE). This area come
under two eco-sensitive zone Okhala Wild Life Century (10 Km E) and Asola
Wild Life Century (9.1 Km S).
Methodology for the study of Flora and Fauna:
Methodology for Study of Flora: During the study, the floral
composition of the area was evaluated through primary survey. The
local inhabitants were also consulted to get extra information. Plant
Species are counted and identified within core zone with the help of
quadrate method. The size of the quadrate was based on the area size.
For the survey 10 X 10 m plot are selected for vegetation analysis and
for the buffer zone estimated with the help of line transect and random
survey method.
Methodology for Study of Fauna: Different species were observed at
different timing during the day
Bird: Birds were watched during dawn.
Nocturnal and Burrowing animals: After Sunset.
Animals: Morning & Evening
132
.
Collection of Secondary Data

Secondary data is collected by the Forest Department, Working Plan of the Area
other relevant records such as plantation journals and records of wild life / forest
offence cases.
Description of Core Zone with flora and Fauna Details:
Core Zone: In the Core Zone, place where construction is to be done is residential
complex with patches of Trees, shrubs and Ornamental plants like Azardirachta
indica, Plumeria rubra, Cana indica, Thuja occidentalis, Alstonia scholaris etc.
List of the trees, shrubs and ornamental plants that are planted are listed below:
List of the trees shrubs and Ornamental species that are planted in Core Zone
S. No Botanical Name Common Name
1. Alstonia scholaris Devil Tree
2. Acacia arabica Gum arabic
3. Acacia nilotica Babool
4. Albizia lebbeck Siris
5. Azadirachta indica Neem
6. Bombax ceiba Semal
7. Bauhinia purpurea Kachnar
8. Callistemon lanceolatus Bottle brush
9. Cassia fistula Amaltash
10. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham
11. Delonix regia Gulmohar
12. Ficus benjamina Weeping Fig
13. Ficus elastica Rubber Fig
14. Ficus religiosa Peepal
15. Ficus benghalensis Bargad
16. Polyalthia longifolia False Ashok
133
.
17. Pterospermum acerifolium Kanak champa
18. Plumeria rubra Frangipani
19. Syzygium cumini Jamun
20. Thuja occidentalis Arborvitae
Ornamental species
21. Bougainvillea glabra Bougainvillea
22. Canna indica Cana lilly
23. Cycas revoluta Sago palm
24. Gardenia jasminoides Cape jasmine
25. Hamelia patens Firebush
26. Phoenix Palm Date palm
27. Salvia coccinea Scarlet sage
Photographs showing plantation in the Study Area
Cycas revoluta Ficus benjamina Polyalthia longifolia
134
.
Gardenia jasminoides
Plumeria rubra
Buffer Zone species

Trees
S.No. Botanical Name Common Name
1. Azardirachta indica Neem
2. Alstonia scholaris Chitwan
3. Aegle marmelos Bael
4. Acacia catechu Khair
5. Acacia arabica Babool
6. Bauhinia variegata Kachnar
7. Bombax ceiba Green semal
9. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham
10. Diospyros melanoxylem Tendu
11. Eucalyptus globulus Safeda
12. Eugenia jambolana Jamun
135
.
13. Ficus religiosa Peepal
14. Ficus infectoria Pakad
15. Ficus glomerata Gular
16. Ficus bengalensis Bargad
17. Kigelia pinnata Balamkhir
18. Millettia pinnata Karanj
19. Mimusops elengi Mahua
20. Polyalthia longifolia Pseudo Ashok
21. Prosopis juliflora Vilayti Babool
22. Pterospermum acerifolium Kanak champa
23. Tectona grandis Sagwan
24. Terminalia arjuna Arjun
25. Zizyphus jujube Ber
Shrubs/ Herbs/ Grasses/ Palms

S.No Botanical Name Common name
1. Achyranthes aspera Chirchita
2. Bellis perennis Guldavri/ Daisy
3. Cynodon dactylon Doob Grass
4. Calotropis procera Madar
5. Cassia biflora Chandani
6. Canna Indica Cana lilly
7. Dahlia hortensis Dahlia
8. Gardenia jasminoides Cape jasmine
9. Hamelia patens Firebush
10. Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Gudhal
136
.
11. Hippeastrum reginae Amaryllis
12. Nerium indicum Kaner
13. Ocimum basilicum Basil
14. Plumeria rubra Frangipani
15. Parthenium hysterophorus Congress Grass
16. Ricinus communis Arandi
17. Rumex hastatus Missauri
18. Rubia cordifolia Indian madder
19. Salvia splendens Scarlet sage
20. Thevetia peruviana Yellow Oleander / Kaner
Faunal Community:
Core Zone: In the core zone where construction is to be done is vacant land, and
the area which is already constructed has plantation. During study, it was found
that the faunal diversity in the core site was limited to Butterflies, insects, animals
like rats, monkey, dog, cat etc. and common lizards. List of the fauna observed and
reported during field visit is listed below.
Fauna of Core zone:
TYPE COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME SCHEDULE
Reptiles:
1 Common Indian garden Calotes versicolor IV
lizard
2 House lizards Hemidactylus flaviviridis -
Mammals:
3 Five striped palm squirrel Funambulus pennanti IV
4 Rhesus Macaque Macaca mulatta II
5 Cat Felis catus -
6 Dog Cuon alpinus -
Aves:
7 Crow Corvus splendens V
8 Pigeon Columba livia IV
137
.
9 Red vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV

10 Black Kite Milvus migrans IV
11 Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus IV
12 Maina Acridotheres tristis IV
Insects:
13 Butterflies Rhopalocera sp -
14 Wasps Vespa orientalis -
15 Dragonfly Agrian sp -
16 Honey Bee Apis indica -
17 House fly Musca domestica -
(Source: Field survey done by Ecology & Biodiversity team)
Fauna of Buffer zone:
TYPE COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME SCHEDULE
Amphibian:
1 Common Toad Bufo bufo IV
2 Frog Rana tigrina IV
Reptiles:
Common Indian garden
3. lizard Calotes versicolor IV
4. House lizards Hemidactylus flaviviridis -
5. Krait Bungarus caeruleus IV
6. Chameleon Chamaeleo calyptratus -
7. Indian Cobra Naja naja II
Mammals:
8. Five striped palm squirrel Funambulus pennanti IV
9. Rhesus Macaque Macaca mulatta II
10. Cat Felis catus -
11. Dog Cuon alpinus -
12. Cow Bos taurus -
13. Horse Equus caballus -
14. Donkey Equus asinus -
15. Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii II
16. Sheep Ovis aries -
138
.
Aves:
17. Crow Corvus splendens V
18. Black Kite Milvus migrans IV
19. Jungle babbler Turdoides striata IV
20. Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV
21. Parrot Psittacula krameri IV
22. Pigeon Columba livia IV
23. Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus IV
24. Peafowl Pavo cristatus I
25. Myna Acridotheres tristis IV
Insects
26. Common Castor Ariadne merione -
27. Wasps Vespa orientalis -
28. Dragonfly Agrian sp -
29. Honey Bee Apis indica -
30. House fly Musca domestica -
(Source: Field survey done by Ecology & Biodiversity team)
Cropping Pattern: The main crops grown in nearby areas are bajra, wheat, and
paddy vegetables like cauliflower, Radish, cabbage etc. In terms of productivity,
Wheat is the predominant crop in Delhi.
ENDANGERED SPECIES
There is only one schedule I Species found in buffer zone namely Pavo cristatus
(Indian Peafowl). Three schedule II species were also reported in the buffer zone
namely Herpestes edwardsii (Common Mongoose), Najan naja (Indian Cobra)
and Macaca mulatta (Rhesus macaque).
Flora and Fauna of Asola Wild Life Sanctuary

Asola Wild Life sanctuary is at a distance of 9.18 Km in South Direction. Flora
and fauna of Asola Wild life sanctuary is listed below on the basis of study of
secondary data.
139
.
Flora and Fauna of Asola Wild Life Sanctuary

Trees
S.No Scientific Name Common Name

1. Acacia auriculiformis Earleaf Acacia
2. Acacia nilotica Babul
3. Acacia modesta Phulahi
4. Acacia catechu Katha
5. Acacia Senegal Gum Arabic
6. Acacia leucophloea Ronjh
7. Albizia lebbeck Siris
8. Acacia tortilis Umbrella Thorn
9. Alstonia scholaris Dita
11. Anogeissus pendula Dhau
12. Bauhinia purpurea Kaniar
13. Butea monosperma Dhak
14. Balanites aegyptiaca Hingot
15. Balanites roxburghii Desert date
16. Cassia fistula Amaltash
17. Derris indica Pongam
19. Diospyros cordifolia Bistendu
20. Erythrina indica Coral tree
21. Erythrina variegate Indian Coral
22. Euphorbia neriifolia Indian Spurge
23. Fernando aadenophyllun Katsagon
24. Ficus virens White Fig
25. Holoptelea integrifolia Churel Papri
140
.
26. Jacaranda mimosifolia Blue Jacaranda
27. Morus alba White Mulberry
28. Maytenus senegalensis Confetti
29. Neolamarckia cadamba Kadam
30. Prosopis juliflora Vilayati Babul
31. Pongamia pinnata Poongam Oil
32. Syzygium cumini Java Plum
33. Salvadora persica Pilu
Table-13: trees of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary

SHRUBS
1. Adhatoda vasica Bansa
2. Adhatoda zeylanica Undershrub
3. Abrus precatorius Coral Bead vine
4. Asparagus racemosus Satawari
5. Carissa spinarum Jangli karaunda
6. Capparis sepiaria Heens
7. Capparis sepiaria Undershrub
8. Datura metel Indian Thorn Apple
9. Dichrostachys cinerea Sickle Bush
10. Grewia tenax Hassaniya
11. Ipomea carnea Bush Morning Glory
12. Jatropha gossypifolia Bellyache Bush
13. Lantana camara Yellow Sage
14. Opuntia dillenii Eltham Indian Fig
15. Oxystelama esculentum Dudhialata
16. Plumbago zeylanica Chitrak
17. Solanum xanthocarpum Yellow-berried
Nightshade
18. Tabernaemontana divaricata Crape Jasmine
19. Withania somnifera Ashagwanda
20. Wrightia tinctoria Sweet Indrajao
141
.
21. Ziziphus mauritiana Ber

Table-14: Shrubs of Asola Wildlife sanctuary
ANNUALS
1. Achyranthes aspera Prickly Chaff Flower
2. Aerva scandens Climbing Wool Plant
3. Boerhavia diffusa Hog weed
4. Calotropis procera Giant Swallow Wort
5. Euphorbia hirta Asthma Weed
6. Glinus lotoides Lotus Sweetjuice
7. Peristrophe bicalyculata Missi
8. Portulaca grandiflora Moss Rose
9. Solanum suratens Yellow-berried Nightshade
10. Tridax procumbens Coat Buttons
11. Triumfetta rhomboidea Chiriyari
12. Whitania somnifera Asgandh
13. Xanthium strumarium Common Cocklebur
Table 15: Annuals of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary
TWINERS AND CLIMBERS

1. Coccinia cordifolia Kanduri
2. Ipomoea pilosa Hairy Little Bell
3. Mukia maderaspatana Headache Vine
4. Rivea hyprocrateriformis Midnapore Creeper
5. Telosma pallida Telosma Vine
Table -16: Twiners & Climbers of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary
142
.
GRASS
1. Cynodon dactylon Bahama Grass
2. Dicanthium annulatum MarvelGrass
3. Desmostachys bipinnata Daabh
4. Eragrostis poaeoides Lovegrass
5. Melanocenchrus ciliaris Foxtail Buffalo
Grass
6. Paspalum distichum Water Couch
7. Saccharum spontaneum Kans
8. Sporobolus diander Tussock Dropseed
9. Setaria verticella Whorled Pigeon
Grass
Table-17: Grass of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary
FAUNA
S.No Scientific Name Common Name Schedule
(According to
Wildlife
Protection Act
1972)
1. Boselaphus Nilgai III
tragocamelus
2. Bandicola bengalensis Lesser Bandicoot Rat -
3. Felis chaus Jungle Cat II
4. Hystrix indica Indian Porcupine IV
5. Paradoxurus Palm civet II
hermaphrodites
6. Pteropus conspicillatus Flying Fox -
7. Pteropus coromandra Indian Pipistrelle -
8. Pteropus personatus Fulvous Fruitbat V
9. Rattus rattus Ship Rat V
10. Suncus murinus Grey Musk Shrew -
143
.
REPTILES
11.
12. Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait IV
13. Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard -
14. Eryx johnii Common Sandboa -
15. Echis carinatus Saw-scaled Viper IV
16. Lampropholis Common Skink -
gerichinoti
17. Lycodon capucinus Wolf Snake -
18. Hemidactylus Yellow bellied House -
flaviviridis Gecko
19. Naja naja Indian Cobra II
20. Plyas mucosus Rat Snake II
21. Sitana ponticariana Fan-throated Lizard -
22. Varanus bengalensis Monitor Lizard I
AMPHIBIANS
23. Bufo bufo Common Toad IV
24. Rana catesbeiana Bullfrog IV
25. Bufo bufo Indian Skipper Frog -
26. Bufo stomaticus Marbled Toad -
BUTTERFLIES
27. Arhopala perimuta Tailless Lime Blue IV
28. Colotis amata Salmon Arab IV
29. Danarus chrysippus Plain Tiger IV
30. Eurema brigitta Small Grass Yellow IV
31. Hasora chroinus Common Banded Awl IV
32. Junonia orithya Blue Pansy IV
DRAGONFLIES
33. Diplacodes trivialis Ground Skimmer -
34. Gomphus vuigatissimus Common Clubtail -
35. Neurothemis tullia Pied Paddy Skimmer -
36. Trithemis aurora Crimson Marsh Glider -
Table-18: Fauna of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary
144
.
AVIFAUNA
S.No Scientific Name Common Name Schedule
(According to
Wildlife Protection
Act 1972)
1. Athene brama Spotted Owlet I
2. Bulbulcus ibis Cattle Egret IV
3. Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin IV
4. Falco peregrines Peregrine Falcon I
5. Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Fancolin -
6. Goekichla atrina Orange-headed Thrush -
7. Microcarbo niger Little Cormorant IV
8. Megalaima zeylanica Brownheaded Barbet IV
9. Megalaima Haemacephala Coppersmith Barbet IV
10. Psittacula eupatria Alexandrine Parakeet -
11. Prinia sylvatiea Jungle Prinia -
12. Pavo cristatus Peafowl I
13. Pycnonotus jocosus Red Whiskered Bulbul IV
14. Spilopelia chinensis Spotted Dove IV
15. Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat -
16. Sarcogyps calvis Red Headed Vulture IV
17. Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe IV
MIGRATORY BIRD
18. Aquila heliacal Imperial Eagle -
19. Buteo hemilasius Upland Buzzard -
20. Ciconia nigra Black Stork IV
21. Eumyias thalassinus Verditer Flycatcher IV
22. Emberiza stewarti White-capped Buntings IV
23. Emberiza buchanani Greynecked Bunting IV
24. Ficedula parva Red-breasted IV
Flycatcher
25. Haliastua Indus Brahminy Kite -
145
.
26. Leptoptilos dubuis Greater Adjutant Stork IV

27. Luscinia svecica Bluethroat -
28. Marmaronetta Marbled Teal IV
angustirostris
29. Monticola cinclorhynchus Blue-capped Rock -
Thrush
30. Otus bakkamoena Scops Owl IV
31. Pitta brachyuran Indian Pitta IV
32. Phylloscopus collybita Common Chiffchaff, -
33. Phylloscopus inornatus Yellow-browed -
Warbler
34. Phylloscopus subviridis Brook’s Leaf Warbler -
35. Phylloscopus trochiloides Greenish Warbler -
36. Phylloscopus occipitalis Western Crowned Leaf -
Warbler
37. Phoenicurcus ochrutios Black Redstart -
38. Sylvia hortensis Orphean Warbler -
39. Turdus catrogularis Dark-throated Thrush -
40. Tringa ochropus Green Sandpiper IV
Table-19: Birds of Asola Wildlife Sanctuary
Schedule I species found in Asola Wildlife Sanctuary are Varanus bengalensis,
Falco peregrines, Athene bram, & Pavo cristatus
Aquatic Flora and Fauna of Yamuna River

Yamuna River is at a distance of 5.78 Km in NE direction from the site and is one
of the important water bodies falling within the Buffer Zone.
Zooplanktons:
Family Species
ROTIFERA
Asplanchna brightwelli
Asplanchidae A.intermedia
Asplanchnopus hyalinus
Brachionidae Brachiounus angularis
146
.
B.bidentatus
B.bidentatus
B.calyciflorus
B.caudatus
B.diversicornis
B.falcatus
CLADOCERA
Sididae Diaphanosoma excisum
D.sarsi
Scapholeberis kingi
Daphniidae
Simocephalus serrulatus
S.vetulus
Moinidae Monia brachiata
M.micrura
Bosminidae
Bosminopsis deitersi
Phytoplanktons:
Sn. No. Family Scientific Name
1 Scenedesmus quadricauda
2 Stigeoclonium tenue
3 Ankistrodesmus falcatus
4 Chlorella vulgaris
5 Actinastrum huntzschii
6 Closterium leibleinii
7 Chlorophyceae Trachelomonas volvocina
8 Dictyosphaerium pulchellum
9 Hydrodictyon reticulatum
10 Pediastrum simplex
11 P.tetras
12 Chlorococcum sps.
13 Clodophora sps.
147
.
14 Cosmarium sps.
15 Synedra ulna
16 Cyclotella meneghiniana
Bacillariophyceae
17 Gomphonema parvulum
18 Navicula viridural
19 Euglena viridis
20 Euglenophyceae E.acus
21 Phacus caudatus
22 Oscillatoria limosa
23 O.tenuis
24 O.chlorina
25 O.subbrevis
26 Arthrospira jenneeri
27 Phormidium uncinatum
28 P.calciola
Cyanophyceae
29 Microcystis aeruginosa
30 Lyngbya magnifica
31 L. gracilis
32 L.spirulinoidus
33 Anabaena fertillisima
34 Merismopedia elegans
35 M .qlauca
36 M.punctata
Source: Science Secure Journal of Biotechnology (SSJBt) Volume 3 Issue 2 Page:
178-187)
SOCIO-ECONOMIC SCENARIO
The study area means 10 km radius of the proposed Hospital Complex.

Topographical map and Google earth maps were used to identify the Sub District
in 10 km radius.
As a matter of fact, all the surrounding area is part of urban inhabitation. A total
of Six Sub Districts of New Delhi area falls within the study area. The total
148
.
population of the study area is 3721117 constituting 804772 households. The sex
ratio of the study area as per census 2011 records is 844, whereas the sex ratio of
the districts involved is 862.
List of Sub District in Study Area-

As mentioned above that there are Six District of area are falling within study area
as given ahead —
District - South Delhi

1. Hauz Khas
2. Defence Colony
3. Kalkaji
District–New Delhi
4. Chanakya Puri
District–South West Delhi

1. Delhi Cantonment
2. Vasant Vihar
Demographic Profile of Study Area
A study was undertaken with respect to demography, occupational pattern, literacy

rate and other important socio-economic indicators of these wards to reveal the
socio-economic structure of the entire project area. The summary is given below:
Population
The total population of the study area is 3721117 constituting 804772households.

The sex ratio of the study area as per census 2011 records is alarmingly low at 844,
whereas the sex ratio of the districts involved is 862.
Social Structure
The proportion of Scheduled Caste (SC) population within the study area is
16%whereas this proportion in the districts involved in 15%. There is scheduled
tribe (ST) population within the study area.
Literacy
The total proportion of literate within the study area is 87%of total population. The
proportion of Male literates and female literates within the study area is 92%and
81%respectively.
149
.
Detailed profile of study area is given below (source: Census of India, 2011)
Demographic Features of the study area based on Census data 2011

Sl. Distance Overall Male Female
Name No. of Total Sex
No. (km) & SC% Literacy Literacy Literacy
HHs Population Ratio % % %
Direction
1 Hauz Khas
870
18%
87% 92% 81%
2.73 Km NW 254502 1231293
2 Defence Colony
877 11% 89% 92% 85%
5.27 Km NE 137677 637775
3 Kalkaji
839 16% 84% 91% 77%
4.60 Km NE 181954 862861
4 Chanakya Puri
805 25% 87% 91% 82%
7.72 Km NW 15074 61382
5 Delhi Cantonment
783 19% 88% 92% 82%
9.27 Km NW 63974 286140
6 Vasant Vihar
802 14% 88% 92% 83%
6.25 Km NW 151591 641666
Total 16% 87% 92% 81%
804772 3721117 844
It may be seen from the above table that total population of the study area is
3721117, varying between 15074 in Chanakyapuri to 254502 in Hauz Khas. Sex
ratio was found to be varying from 783 in Delhi Cantonment to 877 in Defence
Colony. The proportion of SC% was observed to be varying between 11% in
Defence Colony and 25% in Chanakyapuri. The overall literacy rates were found
to be varying from 84% in Kalkaji to 89% in Defence Colony. Female literacy
rates of Kalkaji (77%)were observed to be minimum across all 6 Sub Districts of
study area.
150
.
Work Profile of Study Area
The work profile of the study area is depicted in the table given below —
Total Total Total Total

Total Total
Sl. Male Female Main Marginal
Population Worker
No. Name Worker Worker Worker Worker
1 Hauz Khas
1231293 34% 84% 16% 94% 6%
2 Defence Colony
637775 36% 80% 20% 94% 6%
3 Kalkaji
862861 32% 87% 13% 93% 7%
4 Chanakya Puri
61382 42% 80% 20% 94% 6%
5 Delhi Cantonment
286140 39% 84% 16% 91% 9%
6 Vasant Vihar
641666 39% 81% 19% 95% 5%
Total 3721117 35% 83% 17% 94% 6%
It may be observed from the table above that the proportion of the workers is 35%
of the total population of the study area. The proportion was found to be varying
from 32% in Kalkaji to 42% in Chanakyapuri. The work force was mainly
constituted by males to the tune of 35%. It was also observed an overwhelming
majority 94% of the workers were main workers.
PRIMARY DATA COLLECTION
The project lies in Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi-110071. The primary
survey for nearby 4 villages has been conducted. These villages are the major
habitats which lies in 2–5 Km radius of the group housing colony, which will have
positive and negative impact after occupancy and development of the project.
151
.
The process of collecting data using primary survey data is as follows:
(i) Identify the villages to be surveyed.

(ii) Select one village.
(iii) Check the number of PAF in the village due to project.
(iv) PAF to be surveyed individually
(v) Indirect affected villages to be surveyed using focus group discussion
method having 15-20 persons in a group
(vi) Physical survey for sanitation /drinking water facilities, banks, physical
heath checks, availability of primary health centres/ dispensary/
hospitals, road conditions, educational facilities, source of income,
average annual income of the villagers.
The summary of socio economic survey conducted in these villages is given below:
Primary Field Survey
A socioeconomic survey within the Buffer Zone was conducted. Survey was
conducted in few households in the buffer zone in village
Location Distance & Direction Project area / study area

from project area
Khirki 0.56 km, SSW Residential Area
Hauz Rani 0.25 km, NE Residential Area
Saidulajab 0.98 km, NNE Residential Area
Maidan Garhi 3.61 km, SSW Residential Area
The result of the survey conducted are summarized as below:
MICRO LEVEL VILLAGE INFORMATION
Micro level village information based on field survey & census data 2017
S.No Parameter Name of the village
Khirki Hauz Rani Saidulajab Maidan
Garhi
1 House 200 10000 300 4500
Holds
Approx
2 Occupation Service, Service, Service, Livestock,
or source of Pvt. Livestock, Pvt. Service,
income Pvt. Business, Pvt.
Business Livestock
152
.
Business, Business,
Livestock Labour,
3 Population 1000 50000 2200 15000

approx. approx. approx. approx.
4 Education & Working status
Private Job 60 55 54 60
Govt. Job 3 5 7 5
Self 35 30 35 30
Employed
5 School, Anganwadi Anganwad Anganwadi Anganwadi,

University, , Pvt. i, Primary, , Primary Primary
Pvt. Institute, Middle School, School,
Institute School, Pvt. High
college, Institute, school, Pvt.
Pvt. Institute,
Institute,
6 Hospital Asha Hospital, Pvt clinic, Pvt clinic,

workers, clinic, Asha
Asha
Pvt. Clinic, Asha worker.
workers worker.
7 Post Office NIL Yes yes yes
8 Bank/ATM Yes Yes ATM Yes
9 Market Pvt. Shops Pvt. Shops Local Pvt Shop

Market
10 Electricity Yes Yes Yes Yes
11 Source of Tube well Supply Supply Supply,

Water Supply Water Water Bore well
12 Toilet 96% 99% 99% 98%
Facilities
%
13 Transport Car, Car, Car, Car,
System Tempo, Tempo, Tempo, Tempo,
Bicycle. Bicycle. Bicycle. Bicycle.
14 APL 60% 70% 65% 60%
15 BPL 30% 25% 35% 40%
(SOURCE - FIELD SURVEY)
Data interpretation of survey conducted:
153
.
As the survey conducted for four villages on the basis of no. of house hold,
population, Education status, Occupation or source of income, Hospital, APL,
BPL, etc which shows that most of the village area are now converted into the
modern urban village as these connected to modern amenities. The bulk population
of these areas belonged to different states having age group between 18-40 years
residing as paying guest in these areas for mostly educational purpose or job
purpose. So there will not be no much impact on these areas from upcoming
project. However, the project being Hospital facility, will be used by all people in
Delhi & NCR Region.
TRAFFIC DENSITY
Preliminary Traffic Assessment: The estimated traffic in the proposed project is

driven by the trip generated by the proposed land use within the project area. The
estimated traffic is then appropriately assigned on the networks to obtain the
quantum of traffic that will be handled by the road network. The following key
issues are identified by the Government:
 Strengthening and development of system of roads.

 Development of alternate road link.
 Developing of parking facilities.
 With an ever-increasing urbanization, road traffic is also increasing.
3.16.1 PCU Values

PCU values are used to convert various vehicles in to one standard vehicles i.e.
Passenger car units (PCU). The PCU values as per IRC are as given below:
S. No. VEHICLE TYPE PCU VALUE
1 Car 1
2 Two wheeler 0.5
3 Private bus 4.5
4 Auto 1.2
5 LCV 2
6 Tractor and Trailor 5
154
.
7 Cycle rickshaw 0.5
3.16.2 Methodology
Traffic was monitored for 17-hours between 6:00 to 23:00 for 2 days.
Assumptions were taken on the basis of 2 days’ baseline monitoring. Proposed
site traffic will be merged to approach road 4 Lane road (Mandir Marg) &
approach road traffic to 4 Lane Press Enclave Marg/St. Trilok Chand Sharma
Marg.
I. Traffic Analysis: 4 Lane Press Enclave Marg/St. Trilok Chand Sharma
Marg:
The traffic density on 4 lane road (PT. Trilok Chandra Sharma Marg) was
measured. The Road width of the PT. Trilok Chandra Sharma Marg was 45 m, due
to encroachment the present effective width of the road has been reduced to 15 m.
The traffic analysis is given below;
Hours Baseline
Two
Car Bus/Truck Others/Auto PCU/Hr
Wheeler
06:00-
1506 74 966 665 3120
07:00
07:00-
1778 40 1052 569 3167
08:00
08:00-
2050 33 1154 612 3510
09:00
09:00-
2123 38 1254 745 3815
10:00
10:00-
2133 35 1198 856 3917
11:00
11:00-
1789 50 1156 169 2795
12:00
12:00-
1666 62 966 512 3042
13:00
13:00-
2015 956 658 3544
14:00 58
14:00-
2023 1054 569 3503
15:00 60
15:00-
1923 1125 562 3493
16:00 74
16:00-
2020 1156 452 3388
17:00 55
17:00-
2123 60 586 3609
18:00 1026
155
.
18:00-
2136 42 666 3674
19:00 1100
19:00-
2255 40 647 3829
20:00 1235
20:00-
2130 36 568 3536
21:00 1125
21:00-
2056 41 1238 578 3553
22:00
22:00-
1856 46 1106 452 3158
23:00
Total 33582 844 18867 9866 58653
II. Traffic Analysis: Approach Road 4 Lane road (Mandir Marg):

The traffic density on 4 lane road Mandir Marg was measured. The traffic
analysis is given below; Road Width :13 meter.
Hours Baseline
Two
Car Bus/Truck Others/Auto PCU/Hr
Wheeler
06:00-
978 111 956 360 2388
07:00
07:00-
1025 90 1023 236 2225
08:00
08:00-
1156 86 1056 349 2490
09:00
09:00-
1145 84 1255 389 2617
10:00
10:00-
1023 74 1125 354 2343
11:00
11:00-
980 65 966 366 2195
12:00
12:00-
952 61 922 312 2062
13:00
13:00-
921 60 940 254 1966
14:00
14:00-
989 50 956 269 2015
15:00
15:00-
921 62 888 344 2057
16:00
16:00-
1025 105 790 395 2367
17:00
17:00-
1024 113 860 345 2377
18:00
18:00-
1124 120 1065 386 2660
19:00
19:00-
1223 111 1256 390 2819
20:00
20:00-
1120 103 1175 354 2596
21:00
156
.
21:00-
1056 98 1060 260 2339
22:00
22:00-
1024 87 867 256 2156
23:00
Total 17686 1480 17160 5619 39669
Carrying capacity of Press Enclave Marg/ St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg (4
lane Road)
Carrying capacity at Press Enclave Marg/ St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg (4 Lane) = 7200
PCU/hrs.
Existing traffic density at Press Enclave Marg/St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg (4 lane) = 3450
PCU/hrs.
Existing LOS = 0.48
Carrying capacity of Approach Road 4 Lane road (Mandir Marg)
Carrying capacity of Approach Road 4 Lane road (Mandir Marg) = 7200 PCU/hrs.
Existing traffic density at Approach Road 4 Lane road (Mandir Marg) = 2333 PCU/hrs.
Existing LOS = 0.33
Proposed traffic from site=290 PCU/hrs.
Total Traffic density at St. Trilok Chand Marg from proposed project = Existing traffic
Press Enclave Marg/St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg + proposed traffic at site =3450 + 290
=3740 PCU /hrs.
Total after proposed LOS = 0.51
Total Traffic density at Mandir Marg from proposed project = Existing traffic Mandir
Marg + proposed traffic at site =2333 + 290 =2623 PCU /hrs.
Hence, it is concluded that since carrying capacity of Press Enclave Marg/ St. Trilok Chand
Sharma Marg is higher than the proposed traffic volume. Therefore, the traffic to & from
proposed site will not create any traffic congestion.
157
Chapter 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment
studies. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of
developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions
are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate
(post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to minimize the
adverse impacts on environmental quality during pre and post project execution.
Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary
impacts are those, which are attributed directly by the project and secondary impacts are those, which
are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investment and changed patterns of social
and economic activities by the proposed actions.
For the proposed project, the impacts assessment shall be performed in following steps:
 Identification of interactions between activities and environmental receptors.

 Identification of potentially significant environmental impacts.
LAND ENVIRONMENT
4.1.1 Impact on Land Use and Aesthetics
The project is proposed to be located at 28°28'28.61" N & 77°12'54.83" E respectively. The land is an
open land with vegetation. Survey was conducted at site, and the contours were studied, it shows that
it is an undulating land, with level difference of 96.240 m to 100.294 m RL. Also there is a depression
of 2-3 m on the site in the SW direction. Excavation shall be done for providing 2 Level Basement &
foundation. Therefore, the natural contour level will change.
4.1.2 Present Land use of plot:
The present Land use of the project is an open land.
4.1.3 Proposed Land use of plot (After Expansion):

The proposed Land use for the project will be provided as under:
% of total plot
S.no. Coverage type Area (sq m)
area
1 Ground Coverage 21730.96 37.40%
2 Green Area 16614.47 28.59 %
3 Surface Parking area 418.24 0.72%
4 Road & Open area 19208.47 33.29 %
Total plot area 58105.9 sq m 100 %
Table 4-1; Proposed Landuse (After Expansion)
158
Prepared by: M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
Figure 4-1 Proposed Land use Pie Diagram
4.1.3.1 During construction:

Impact Mitigation Measures
As the 3224.52 Sq. m of existing

 Construction & Demolition waste will
hospital area (OPD & R&D Block)
be generated at proposed site.
shall be demolished
Construction. Debris will be used for
levelling of low lying areas within the
site. Demolition was shall be stacked
properly and covered under tarpaulin
cover. The demolition was shall be
managed as C& D Rules.
At present the hospital is operational.  Land utilization and clearing of
construction site is proposed at the
For proposed expansion, new blocks
absolute minimum practicable.
shall be constructed on existing land.
Some of the existing vegetation shall be  Construction site will be designed to
cleared off. The land use will change minimize the disposal of soil and removal
from vegetative land to developed of vegetation.
Hospital building.
Change of natural contour levels  Excavated earth will be utilized at the

maximum. Artificial contour shall be
maintained.
Additional internal roads shall be,  Roads of appropriate width shall be
however, developed within project area provided.
for vehicular movement.
4.1.3.2 During operation:
Impacts on Topography and Geology
4.1.3.3 During construction:

The activities such as filling and civil & Some of the existing vegetation shall be
mechanical construction activities are cleared off. Therefore, major land clearing
mainly confined to operating boundary will not be required.
of the project.
Impact on natural contour due to the Construction activities will be planned

construction work. along the natural contour of the project site
to the maximum possible extent.
Therefore, impact will be confined to
limited area which is very small.
Manual level difference will be maintained
for the natural flow of drainage.
159
4.1.3.4 During operation:
IMPACT ON SOIL
Impact on soil owing to the construction and project activity at site would include soil erosion,
compaction, physical and chemical desegregation and pollution of soil. Erosion of soil may occur on
account of removal of large–scale excavation activity for construction. The results of soil fertility in
Chapter-3 shows that the land is less fertile, hence there is very little vegetation at site.
4.2.1 During Construction phase

Construction & Demolition Waste Every care will be taken to prevent soil erosion.
shall be generated due to demolition The waste shall be stacked properly and kept
3224.52 Sq. m of existing hospital covered under Tarpaulin cover. The demolition
area (OPD & R&D Block). was shall be managed as C& D Rules. Green belt
of 16614.47 Sq. m will be done to add ambience
to the area and reduce any negative impact to the
environment, significantly.
Use of heavy machinery and storage Compaction and stabilization shall be resorted
of material compact the soil. during filling to ensure that no top soil is washed
Compaction of soil as well as mixing away. Every care will be taken to prevent soil
of construction material with soil erosion.
would also lead to reduced
infiltration of water; decrease in
permeability and increased runoff.
Physical desegregation would occur Core zone has few vegetation so land clearing for
due to excavation of different layers construction site will be kept at the absolute
of soils and subsequent mixing of minimum practicable.
different layers and would lead to
disruption of soil structure.
Chemical desegregation and Lubricating waste oil is being collected

pollution of soil would be on account separately in drums and handed over to the
of spillage of oils from vehicle used authorized outside agency by SPCB as per CPCB
for transportation of construction guidelines and same shall be followed during
material and from the building expansion.
material used for construction
purposes.
Hydraulic oil, fuels and lubricating Procedures for maintenance of equipment would
oils would be used. There is ensure that this risk is minimized and clean up
potential for accidental spills while response is rapid if any spill occurs.
re-fuelling or servicing vehicles and
160
through breakage due to wear and
tear.
During the construction phase, Waste oil shall be
During construction phase, waste oil collected through the drain ports and stored in
shall be generated as and when leak proof steel drums and sent to the “Spent Oil
lubricating oil is changed. Storage Site”. The waste oil drums shall be
properly identified with label of what is contained
in Hindi and English. Waste lubricant generated
shall be given to outside party for treatment,
which shall be used again.
Top Soil Management: During the construction, soil excavation will be

A soil erosion and sedimentation approx. 399943.65 cubic meters. The soil
control plan to control top-soil management is given in section- 9.5 of the EIA
erosion and loss of top soil during Report.
construction. When opening the site, care shall be taken to
minimize vegetation clearing.
The excavated material such as top soil will be
used in Landscape area and stones shall be
stacked for reuse during later stages of
construction. The remaining excavated soil shall
be utilized in re-filling of foundation, road works,
rising at site level etc.
Several environment management measures shall be implemented to minimize the soil erosion and
other impacts such as removal and use of top soil from construction activity for future plantation,
construction of silt traps etc. Soil management plan is discussed in section 9.5.
4.2.2 During Operational phase

Primary nutrient profile of the project site as given in chapter 3 shows that soil is low in fertility due to
the availability of low amount of Nitrogen & Potassium. Adding bio fertilizer to it enriched in Nitrogen
& Potassium will enhance the fertility of soil. Several environment management measures will be
implemented to minimize the soil erosion and other impacts such as removal and use of top soil from
construction activity for future plantation, construction of silt traps etc. A planned and properly
designed plantation scheme and green belt development along with landscaping will minimize the
impacts on soil.
Impacts Mitigation Measures

Impact on soil due to disposal of solid All solid waste and hazardous waste from the
waste or hazardous waste. proposed project “Expansion of Gujarmal
Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical
Sciences” will be properly collected, stored
and disposed. An integrated solid and
161
hazardous waste management plan will be
developed as per the details given in section
9.5.
Fertility of soil will increase. Fertility of soil will be increased by addition of

bio-fertilizers to enhance plantation.
During the operation phase, no soil erosion will
occur as the planted trees will provide integrity
Erosion of soil to the soil & will protect it from eroding.
Hence, no negative impact of soil quality in the study area is expected due to the proposed project.
IMPACT DUE TO SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL
As discussed in Chapter-2 there will be generation of construction debris and solid waste during
construction phase. Also 6244 kg/day municipal waste will be generated during operation phase which
may cause potential impacts & may rise pollution problems.
4.3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION

Impacts Mitigation Measures
Construction & Demolition Waste shall Construction & Demolition waste will be
be generated due to demolition 3224.52 generated at proposed site. Construction.
Sq. m of existing hospital area (OPD & Debris will be used for levelling of low lying
R&D Block). areas within the site. Demolition was shall be
stacked properly and covered under tarpaulin
cover. The demolition was shall be managed
as C& D Rules. Green belt of 16614.47 Sq. m
will be done to add ambience to the area and
reduce any negative impact to the
environment, significantly.
Potential pollution problems during Mitigation plan will be prepared suggesting
construction activities include dumping maximum reuse of construction waste on site
of construction debris in to or near or removal of waste from the site and proper
watercourses. disposal, which would reduce impact,
significantly.
The waste from labour rest rooms will be During the construction phase, the waste
mainly household domestic waste that generated will be 120 kg/day which will be
shall be collected and composted on site disposed off at municipal solid waste site as
along with the biomass from the land per Municipal Solid Waste Handling Norms.
clearing activities.
Impact from construction waste may

arise owing to the shortage of dumping Care shall be taken to ensure that temporary
sites, increase in transportation and stacking and transportation shall not cause
disposal cost and environmental any disturbance to the surrounding
deterioration. environment.
162
4.3.2 DURING OPERATION
Impact from Solid Waste: Impact from Solid Waste:
Environmental impact from the solid Approx. 7151 kg/day of municipal solid
waste disposal can typically include waste will be generated out of which the
contamination of soil, ground water and organic waste shall be stored in a separate
air quality. place & shall be treated in organic waste
converter. The manure produced shall be
used for farming within the site.
 Proper records of the solid waste
generation will be maintained.
 Colour coded waste collection bins
will be placed at strategic locations in
the hospital building as well as the
residential area.
Detail of solid waste management plan are
given in Section- 9.5.
Impact from Hazardous waste:
During the operation stage of the project The hazardous waste like chemical waste &
some quantity of hazardous waste like ETP sludge shall be stored in a closed area,
chemical hazardous waste, ETP sludge and it shall be given to the service provider as
& used oil from DG sets shall be per the Hazardous waste (Handling,
generated. management & transboundary movement),
rules 2016.
The used oil from DG sets (171 Litres/month)
& Lubricating oil shall be collected in leak
poof steel drums & sent to the Spent Oil
storage Site, these drums shall be properly
identified with label of what is contained in
Hindi & English. Waste oil shall be given to
outside party for treatment, which shall be
used again.
Impact from Other waste

There will be generation of some E-waste generation will be 2 kg/month which
quantity of E-waste. will be given to approved recycler from
SPCB.
As this is a hospital project, biomedical Approx. 788 kg/day Biomedical waste will be
waste will also be generated. generated which shall be given to the service
provider as per the Biomedical waste
(management & handling) Rules, 2016.
The hospital shall have an oncology The radioactive waste being highly harmful
department from where some amount of to the living beings, will be kept in highly
radioactive waste will generate once in a leak proof & restricted area. The radioactive
while. waste will be disposed off as per the
applicable rules.
163
AIR ENVIRONMENT
4.4.1 During Construction

Dust shall be generated during Dust suppression systems such as water

demolition of 3224.52 Sq. m of existing sprinklers shall be used at regular intervals.
hospital area (OPD & R&D Block).
Dust shall be generated from batching Dust suppression systems such as water
plant. sprinklers shall be used at regular intervals.
Dust from various construction Dust suppression systems (water spray) shall be
operations and emission from operation done as per requirement at the construction site.
of construction equipment or movement Construction materials will be kept fully
of vehicles are likely to cause some covered during transportation to the project site
impacts on the working population as by road. Land clearing for construction site will
well as residing population within be kept at the absolute minimum practicable.
immediate vicinity of the project site.
The present road conditions are reasonably

Traffic to the different sites during
good for proposed movement of traffic.
construction will be more intensive and
Preventive maintenance shall be carried out for
much heavier than at present in normal
vehicles and pollution check on periodic basis.
operating conditions. In turn, it will
As construction activities are mainly confined
subject existing roads to more stress.
to project site only for short duration.
Monitoring of ambient air quality/source

emission will be carried out as per details given
in Chapter -6 or stipulated by MOEF/SPCB.
4.4.2 During Operation

The proposed project will include OPD, R&D Block, Hospital building & Service Apartments which
shall not have any production or manufacturing or any industrial activity; hence emissions from DG
sets and dust from vehicular movement will be the only source of air pollution.
4.4.2.1 Emissions from DG sets:

Project authorities will install DG sets of capacities 12 X 1500 KVA shall be installed & 2X 1010 KVA
has already installed in the hospital. The D.G. sets shall be kept on basement/ground. Low Sulphur
Diesel will be used as fuel. The burning of diesel will emit flue gases (particulate matter, SO2 and
NOx).
The stack for discharging the emissions from the DG sets shall be installed up to 6m above roof level
as prescribed by CPCB.
164
WATER ENVIRONMENT
Construction activities of the proposed development can have minor impact on hydrology and ground
water quality of the area.

Impact Mitigation
Excavation for four basement level Excavation for four basement level shall
shall be done leading to off-site be done upto a depth of 4 m. The ground
contamination of water resources. water level of Saket area is approx.51-67
m. Hence, there will not be any impact on
excavation of soil on present hydrology of
the area.
Construction & Demolition Waste Construction & Demolition waste will be
shall be done leading to off-site generated at proposed site. Construction.
contamination of water resources Debris will be used for levelling of low lying
(Particularly during rainy season). areas within the site. Demolition was shall be
stacked properly and covered under tarpaulin
cover. The demolition was shall be managed
as C& D Rules
Soil runoff from the site leading to Construction of silt fences to avoid soil runoff
off –site contamination (Particularly will be done. Construction of storm water
during rainy season). drainage line to divert storm runoff.
Improper disposal of construction Disposal of construction debris in low

debris leading to off-site lying areas shall be done.
contamination of water resources.
Disposal of domestic waste water Mobile toilets for construction labours

from temporary labour rest rooms. shall be provided. Disposal of sewage
from temporary labour rest rooms in septic
tanks and soak pits shall be done during
expansion.
165
Spillage of oil and grease from the Oil and Grease traps shall be installed with
vehicle and waste water stream rain water harvesting structures.
generated from on-site activities.
Use of water in construction No ground water will be used. Water used

for construction will be taken from nearest
STP
During the construction of the proposed expansion of project, the services required like water supply
and sewage facilities shall be arranged on a temporary basis from nearest STP and will be supplied
by tankers and the same will be maintained without any adverse impact on the environment.
The 36 KLD Water will be required for curing and other construction purpose which shall be
arranged on temporary basis from STP treated water from tanker suppliers.

Impacts on Ground Water Quality
The water requirement for proposed project will be met from Ground water after taking permission
from Delhi Jal Board (DJB).
The quality of ground water was studied and test results of ground water of the site shows that pH is
6.9. Other parameters like Alkalinity (440 mg/l) is slightly higher, Hardness (474 mg/l) is higher, T.D.S
(872.2 mg/l), Sulphate (59.7 mg/l), Chloride (219.9 mg/l), Calcium (89.6 mg/l) and Magnesium (61.0
mg/l) are within the standard limit of drinking water standards and can be used for domestic purpose
after using disinfectant.
The ground water abstraction will be done with prior permission from DJB. There will be 14 no. of rain
water harvesting pits (rainy wells) and a water body at the proposed site for recharging the ground
water. Total water requirement of the project will be 3505 KLD out of which fresh requirement will
be 1809 KLD (1509 KLD for domestic purpose & 300 KLD for lab & Steam boiler make up) and 1696
KLD of treated water from STP will be reused within the project.
166
Impact Mitigation
Two basic activities related to water The groundwater abstraction will be done after
environment are abstraction of getting permission from DJB. The ground water will
water and release of waste water. be used only to fulfil the fresh water requirement.
Rest of the water requirement will be fulfilled by the
reuse of treated water from STP.
 No release of waste water will be made in
open. Total quantity of wastewater
generation shall be 1861 KLD (1207 KLD
from domestic uses & 646 KLD from
flushing and misc.).
 The 1764 KLD of generated total waste
water shall be treated in STP of 1200 KLD
(2 in no.) and 200 KLD from Lab shall be
treated in ETP of 180 KLD (2 in no.).
 The treated water generation from STP will
be 1768 KLD out of which 1696 KLD shall
be reused for flushing, Cooling plant,
gardening and misc. purposes and excess 72
KLD shall be discharged to sewer.
 The treated water generation from ETP will
be 190 KLD from Lab water which will be
discharged to the sewer line. Hence, there
will be no impact on Ground water.
Approx. 1764 KLD waste water will be generated
Contamination of soil and ground from the project and will be treated in S.T.P of total
water resources from discharge of capacity of 1200 KLD (2 in no.) and treated waste
untreated waste water and water of 1696 KLD shall be reused for Gardening,
contaminated storm water. Flushing, cooling plant and miscellaneous purposes.
Rest 72 KLD treated water will be discharged in
sewer.
Silt traps and screens will be installed at proposed

Spills or leaks from various areas storm-water drains discharge point as per existing.
such as fuel and waste oil storage in Contaminated storm water will thus not be
DG room, solid waste and STP discharged from the premises.
sludge spills etc.
There will be 14 no. of rain water harvesting pits
Management of storm water (On Existing Land- 3 nos. & Proposed Land- 11
drainage nos.) shall be provided to recharge the ground water,
which will have positive impact on the ground
water.
Impacts on Surface Water Quality
Impact Mitigation
Flow of Sewage to Surface water. There will be no impact on surface water as waste
water that will generate from the project will be
treated in STP & ETP and Only excess treated water
from STP and treated water from ETP will be
167
It is evident that, no significant adverse impacts on surface and ground water quality are expected during
the operation phase.
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
In the project “Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences” during
the construction phase, the noise shall be generated from construction equipments, vehicles for
transportation of construction materials and operation of DG Sets. The noise level is high during the
construction phase but it would be limited only for specific period of construction.
The techniques employed for noise control can be broadly classified as;
Control at Source:
 Regular servicing and tuning of vehicles will reduce the noise levels.
 Fixing of silencers to automobiles, two wheelers etc., will reduce the noise level.
 The vibrations of materials will be controlled by using proper foundations, rubber padding etc. to
reduce the noise levels caused by vibrations.
 Optimum selection of machinery tools or equipment will reduce the excess noise levels.
 Proper lubrication and maintenance of machines, vehicles etc. will reduce noise levels.

Generation of noise and vibration Proper demolition method will be selected so as to
during demolition of existing part due cause less impact. Phase wise demolition will be
to use of JCB, Jack hammer, cranes carried out. Temporary Mechanical barriers shall
etc. be provided.
Generation of noise from excavation Machines having high standards are deployed so
machines, concrete mixer and other that minimum levels of noise & vibrations are
construction machines. produced during the construction work with
excavators having vibration isolators. Silencers
provided in the machines to modulate the noise
generated by machines will be regularly checked
for its effectiveness.
Generation of Noise from movement of Regular and proper maintenance of noise

generating machinery including the transport
Heavy & light vehicles.
vehicles will be carried out.
Regular checking of silencers and maintenance of

vehicles will be done; transportation of
168
Generation of noise during movement construction materials will be restricted during day
of vehicles carrying materials and time. Vehicles will be PUC certified.
loading & unloading activities.
DG Set of Capacity 2 x 1010 KVA has already

been installed. For proposed expansion, DG Sets
Generation of noise during the operation of capacity 12 x 1500 KVA shall be installed and
of DG sets. acoustically enclosed to maintain the noise level as
CPCB guideline.
Provision of protective devices like ear muff/plugs

to the workers will be done.
Generation of noise during concreting,
hammering, etc. Preventive maintenance of the
machine/equipments shall be carried out. Rubber
padding/noise isolators will be provided.
Noise from the mechanical operations,

like, drilling, fitting, etc.

Ambient noise of the project site given in Section-3.5 shows that the present status of noise levels in
day time & night time are within the standard of residential area. Monitoring of ambient noise
level/source emission will be carried out as per details given in Chapter -6 or stipulated by
MOEF/SPCB.

Source of noise will be operation of DG Dg set of capacity 2x 1010 KVA already exists
Sets during power failure. within the project proper stack height of 30 m
has been provided. For proposed expansion,
DG sets 12 x 1500 KVA will be kept
acoustically treated room in basement with
proper ventilation and will be used only during
power failure.
The DG sets will be the source of Anti- vibration pads will be installed for the DG
vibrations in the complex. sets to minimize the vibration effect.
The noise is likely to be generated due to Free flow of traffic movement shall be
movement of vehicles. maintained.
Insertion loss of 25 dB (A) shall be attained.
No honking Zone shall be maintained.
Monitoring of ambient/source noise level will be carried out as per details given in Chapter -6 or
stipulated by MOEF/SPCB.
169
IMPACT ON ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY
4.7.1 During construction phase:

Impact Mitigation
Loss of vegetation due to construction Proposed site where construction to be done has
of Hospital building. few vegetation about 110 tress will be cut.
However, compensatory afforestation in the ratio
1:3 shall be provided. Proper care will be taken
during construction time so that existing trees will
have minimum impacts.
As it is expansion of already existing hospital,
Displacement of Fauna proposed land is not habitat of fauna. Hence, there

will not be any displacement of avi fauna is seen.
4.7.2 During Operation phase:

Impact Mitigation
Impact of emission due to running of During operation phase 16614.47 sqm (28.5 %)
DG Sets and vehicular movement on of net plot area will develop as green area.
core and buffer zone. DG sets will be used as backup and will be used
only during power failure. It will have minimum
impact on the flora of buffer zone.
However green area will be maintained having
shelter belt & Avenue plantation &
Landscaping. A qualified horticulturalist should
be deputed for proposed greenbelt development/
plantation.
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
As it is evident from the study conducted, as per details given in Section 3.14, Main Pt. Trilok Chand
Sharma Marg (4 lane raod) is approx. 0.13 Km N from the site. The Pt. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg (4
lane road) was 45 m wide due to encroachment the present effective width of road has been reduced to
15 m and 13 m wide approach road (Mandir Marg) is the 4 lane road approaching the site which is 0.11
km E from site. 1 no. of each entry and exit have been proposed. 9 m wide internal roads are proposed
for one-way traffic movement.
170

Movement of vehicles Only one truck at a time shall be allowed at the
site to avoid the jam in the existing road.
The entry/ exits points are connected direct to the
approach road to avoid conjunction on the main
road. Proper parking management of trucks, cars,
ambulance and other vehicles will be done.
Proper place for loading and unloading will be
assigned for the construction material to be used.
4.8.1 During operation phase:

1. Traffic Analysis: 4 Lane Press Enclave Marg/St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg:
The traffic density on 4 lane road (PT. Trilok Chandra Sharma Marg) was measured. The traffic analysis
is given below: The Pt. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg (4 lane road) was 45 m wide due to encroachment
the present effective width of road has been reduced to 15 m.
Incremental
Capcity
Baseline Predicted of Road LOS LOS %
PCU/Hr
PCU/Hr PCU/Hr in Baseline Predicted increase
PCU/Hr
209 3120 3329 7200 0.433 0.462 6.699
239 3167 3406 7200 0.440 0.473 7.547
301 3510 3811 7200 0.487 0.529 8.576
346 3815 4161 7200 0.530 0.578 9.069
344 3917 4261 7200 0.544 0.592 8.783
338 2795 3133 7200 0.388 0.435 12.094
278 3042 3320 7200 0.423 0.461 9.138
281 3544 3825 7200 0.492 0.531 7.930
240 3503 3743 7200 0.487 0.520 6.852
252 3493 3745 7200 0.485 0.520 7.215
251 3388 3639 7200 0.471 0.505 7.409
310 3609 3919 7200 0.501 0.544 8.589
340 3674 4014 7200 0.510 0.558 9.254
345 3829 4174 7200 0.532 0.580 9.010
310 3536 3846 7200 0.491 0.534 8.767
300 3553 3853 7200 0.493 0.535 8.443
249 3158 3407 7200 0.439 0.473 7.884
4933 58653 63586 122400 8.1 8.8 143.3
171
2. Traffic Analysis: Approach Road 4 Lane road (Mandir Marg):
The traffic density on 4 lane road (Mandir Marg) was measured. The traffic analysis is given below;
Road Width :13 meter.
Incemental
Capcity
Baseline Predicted of Road LOS LOS %
PCU/Hr
PCU/Hr PCU/Hr in Baseline Predicted increase
PCU/Hr
209 2388 2597 7200 0.332 0.361 8.754
239 2225 2464 7200 0.309 0.342 10.743
301 2490 2791 7200 0.346 0.388 12.089
346 2617 2963 7200 0.364 0.412 13.220
344 2343 2687 7200 0.325 0.373 14.680
338 2195 2533 7200 0.305 0.352 15.401
278 2062 2340 7200 0.286 0.325 13.483
281 1966 2247 7200 0.273 0.312 14.294
240 2360 2156 7200 0.328 0.299 10.169
252 2057 2309 7200 0.286 0.321 12.252
251 2367 2618 7200 0.329 0.364 10.606
310 2377 2687 7200 0.330 0.373 13.044
340 2660 3000 7200 0.369 0.417 12.783
345 2819 3164 7200 0.391 0.439 12.241
310 2596 2906 7200 0.361 0.404 11.942
300 2339 2639 7200 0.325 0.367 12.826
249 2156 2405 7200 0.299 0.334 11.548
4933 40014 44503 122400 5.6 6.2 210.1
Carrying capacity of Press Enclave Marg/ St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg (4 lane Road)
Carrying capacity at Press Enclave Marg/ St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg (4 Lane) = 7200 PCU/hrs.
Existing traffic density at Press Enclave Marg/St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg (4 lane) = 3450 PCU/hrs.
Existing LOS = 0.48
Carrying capacity of Approach Road 4 Lane road (Mandir Marg)
Carrying capacity of Approach Road 4 Lane road (Mandir Marg) = 7200 PCU/hrs.
Existing traffic density at Approach Road 4 Lane road (Mandir Marg) = 2333 PCU/hrs.
Existing LOS = 0.33
172
Total Traffic density at St. Trilok Chand Marg from proposed project= Existing traffic Press Enclave
Marg/St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg + proposed traffic at site =3450 + 290 =3740 PCU /hrs.
Total Traffic density at Mandir Marg from proposed project= Existing traffic Mandir Marg + proposed traffic
at site =2333 + 290 =2623 PCU /hrs.
Hence, it is concluded that since carrying capacity of Press Enclave Marg/ St. Trilok Chand Sharma Marg is
higher than the proposed traffic volume. Therefore, the traffic to & from proposed site will not create any traffic
congestion.
Management of Parking of Cars & two- Approx. 4933 ECS will be accommodated
wheeler within the hospital site by using basements and
surface.
Movement of Vehicles 9m drive ways will be provided for smooth

movement of vehicles.
Free flow traffic movement shall be provided.
SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITION
The extent of the potential socio-economic impacts expected from the various activities of the project
have been analysed for the population in the nearby villages and the transient labour working at site. A
series of activities shall take place during construction & operation of the facility.
173
Influx of local population in the form of Approx. 500-800 no. of local labours
labours will be envisaged. Growth of (including staff) will be employed. The
some temporary shops providing labour strength engaged in the construction
various items of daily necessities will depends upon construction activities, since
increase. many items of construction are labour
intensive.
The occupational profile of this population is
such that they can be a good source of labour
during construction. This community can
look forward for benefits such as jobs and
also in terms of economic empowerment of
the women.
4.9.2 During operation phase:
Influx of local population in the form of It will provide employment to local people
labours will be envisaged. which will improve the economy condition
of the area. As the proposed project is
Hospital along with Service apartments .
hence, staff will only be needed in the
hospital & service apartments. Other staff
like servants or maintenance staff will be
from the nearby areas.
Growth in vicinity of the area. Growth of some temporary shops providing

various medical items will increase.
Rehabilitation or settlement involved No rehabilitation or settlement is involved

for the proposed project. for the proposed construction project as the
hospital is operational and construction will
be done on existing land.
4.9.3 Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan
The project of “Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital& Research Centre for Medical Sciences” is
proposed at Press Enclave Road, Saket, developed by M/s Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Centre
for Medical Sciences. The project is already under construction. As the land is devoid of any habitation
and it does not have anybody staying there at present so the development of this project will not cause
or need rehabilitation of the people.
174
4.9.4 Support as Social Responsibility
The company will spend money for Corporate Social Responsibility as per the recommendation by
SEAC. Nearby villages will get developed through CSR activities of the company. Under corporate
social responsibility, welfare activities will be taken up.
The activities to be covered in CSR are given below:
The CSR will include activities such as old age home rain water harvesting provisions in the nearby
areas, development of fodder farm, fruit bearing orchards, vocational training or such other acceptable
programmes including eradicating hunger, poverty and malnutrition, promoting preventive health care
and sanitation and making available safe drinking water, promoting education, including special
education and employment enhancing vocation skills especially among children, women, elderly & the
differently abled and livelihood enhancement projects; promoting gender equality, empowering
women, setting up homes and hostels for women and orphans; setting up old age homes, day care
centres & such other facilities for senior citizens and measures for reducing inequalities faced by
socially and economically backward groups; and vocational training for identified individuals shall be
imparted so that poor section of society can take up self-employment & jobs & the separate budget for
community development activities and income generating programme. The company will take initiative
in spending over a period of three years on these CSR activities. The amount to be spent on these
activities will be as per the norms of Company law board.
Apart from these activities, Medical facilities will be provided to Office staff and labour working on
site.
4.9.5 General Safety Measures

 Standard methods and machinery shall be used during construction phase.
 Use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be made mandatory.
 Elevated platforms and walkways, and stairways and ramps shall be equipped with handrails, toe
boards and non-slip surfaces.
 Electrical equipment shall be grounded, well insulated and conform to applicable codes.
 Employees shall be provided with hard hats, safety boots, eye and ear protection, and snug fitting
gloves as appropriate.
 Masks and dust-proof clothing shall be provided to personnel working in areas with high dust levels.
 Procedures shall be strictly enforced for the storage, handling, and transport of explosives,
flammable and hazardous materials.
175
4.9.6 General Health Measures
 Sanitary facilities shall be well equipped with supplies (e.g., protective creams) and employees shall
be encouraged to wash frequently, particularly those exposed to dust, chemicals or pathogens
176
Chapter 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGIES & SITE)
Consideration of alternative technologies to be used in building material, energy conservation and
transportation methods are addressed in this chapter.
CONSERVATION MEASURES
5.1.1 Energy Conservation by use of Energy Efficient Building Material

5.1.1.1 Energy Efficient Building Material
A. Energy Efficient Building Material for Wall-
i. External & Wall -
a) 150 mm AAC
b) Both side plaster (50 mm)
c) Stone Cladding
d) Weather Shield paint
ii. Insulation-
a) 50mm Rock wool will be used for internal insulation
b) 285mm Air Gap
iii. Internal-
a) Plaster with fly ash mixed cement.
b) POP will used for Internal
c) Paint
B. Energy Efficient Building Material for Roof
a) RCC Slab will be used for roofing.
b) Fiberglass (R-12) will be used for insulation
c) Insulation on Roof with Reflective Tiles
C. Energy Efficient Building Material for Roads, Open & Miscellaneous uses Area
1) Permeable Paving – Permeable paved road will be provided to control surface water runoff by
allowing storm water to infiltrate the soil and return to the ground water.
2) Porous concrete- A concrete mix without the fine aggregate, and with special additives for strength
shall be used.
3) Use of grass pavers on the road, surface parking and pedestrian area to reduce the heat.
4) Use of Bamboo for reinforcement.
5) Use of fly ash block for pathways.
6) Use of fly ash brick for boundary wall.
177
7) Use of fly ash flower pots.
5.1.1.2 Energy Efficiency of Building Material
S. No BUILDING MATERIAL ‘R’ Values ‘U’ Values

PROPOSED (in Sq m. Deg C/ (in Watts/ Sq m. Deg C)
WITH U & R VALUES Watts )
1. Wall 2.48 0.403

AAC Brick wall (150 mm thick),
both side thick sand cement plaster
(50 mm) with rock wool & air gap
insulation.
2. Roof 2.63 0.380
200 mm RCC slab with fiberglass
(R-12) & clay tiles with 75 mm
insulation.
3. Glass (For Hospital only) 0.55 1.80
(Double reflective glass)
SHGC=0.25
Table 5-1; U & R Values of Building Materials
5.1.2 Energy Conservation Measures

Following Energy saving measures will be adopted in the project:
1) Day light provision shall be made in the hospital, medical institute, hostel, other staff & student
residences, etc. by using openable windows (use of sunlight in lieu of conventional power).
2) We shall provide LED in common areas like corridors, lifts, lobbies.
3) LED and T5 lamps shall be used in rooms of the OPD, R&D block, hospital building & service
apartments etc.
4) We shall use Low loss electronic ballast for all lights used in the basements and electrical rooms.
5) Solar powered street lights shall be provided.
6) Solar water heaters of adequate capacity shall be installed to fulfil requirement of 20% hot water
for the project.
7) Energy efficient motors shall be used for water pumping and STP.
8) Transformer will be having efficiencies as per ECBC Norms.
9) Adhering to light power densities (LPD) as per ECBC Norms.
10) Power factor shall be maintained 0.95 of higher to reduce electrical power distribution losses in
installation.
Approx. 18-20 % Energy shall be saved.
178
5.1.3 Water Conservation Measures
1) Cisterns of 3-5 Lt. capacity
2) Use of ultra-low flush toilets, low-flow showerheads of discharge 5 L/min. in place of 11L/min. and
other water conserving fixtures.
3) Retrofit devices on faucets will be installed to reduce flow.
4) Water displacement devices in toilet tanks will be used to reduce flow
179
Chapter 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN
DETAILS OF MONITORING TO JUDGE EFFECTIVENESS OF MEASURES
To check the efficiency of system with proposed modifications a regular monitoring programme has
been drawn. The same is outlined below:
MEASUREMENT PARAMETERS, FREQUENCY, LOCATION & COST OF

MEASUREMENTS
During Construction/Installation Phase:
Monitoring Frequency Methodology Location Cost In

Parameters of Rs
Monitorin
(Six
g
Monthly
)
Meteorology
Ambient Air Quality
Ambient Air Six Particulate Matter (PM2.5):USEPA Quality Assurance Four Rs.
Quality at Monthly Handbook (Vol II) Part II,Quality Assurance Locations 60,000/-
appropriate Guideline Document 2.12 Publication 1988)
Hospital
location for
Particulate Matter (PM10): IS: 5182;Part 23 :2006 Building
PM10, PM2.5,
SO2,NOx, Sulphur dioxide (SO2): IS: 5182( Part – 2) – 2001 Upwind
,Reaffirmed 2006 direction
Nitrogen Oxides :IS: 5182( Part –6)-2006 Downwind
direction
Nearest
Habitat
Water
1. Water Quality Six Parameter Method One Rs
Monitoring for Monthly IS:3025(Part-4)-1983 drinking 50,000/-
Colour
relevant Reaffirmed 2006 water
parameters of IS IS:3025(Part-5)-1983 sample
Odour
– 10500 for Reaffirmed 2006
drinking IS:3025(Part-2)-1983
purposes pH
Reaffirmed 2006
IS:3025(Part-10)-1984
Turbidity
Reaffirmed 2006
2. Water Quality IS:3025(Part-32)-1999 One
Monitoring for Chloride
Reaffirmed 2009 constructio
Construction n water
APHA 4500-F-B,D 22nd
purpose as IS- Fluoride
Edition 2012 sample
456 2000
180
reaffirmed 2005 IS:3025(Part-34)-1988 5 ground
Nitrate
for Reaffirmed 2009 water
Organic IS:3025(Part-34)-1988 samples of
Nitrite
&inorganic Reaffirmed 2009 village in
parameters as IS:3025(Part-24)-1986 surroundin
Sulphate
per IS-3025 part Reaffirmed 2009 g area.
18. APHA 3111 B 22nd Edition
Cadmium
2012
Total IS:3025(Part-21)-1986
Hardness Reaffirmed 2009
APHA 3111 B 22nd Edition
Lead
2012
IS:3025(Part-9)-1984
Temperature
Reaffirmed 2006
Total
IS:3025(Part-16)-1984
Dissolved
Reaffirmed 2006
Solids
Chemical
5520,APHA B&C,22nd
Oxygen
Edition 2012
Demand
Sodium, IS:3025 (Part-45)-1993
Potassium, Reaffirmed 2009
3500-Li (B) ,APHA 22nd
Lithium
Edition 2012
APHA 2320 B 22ndEdition
Alkalinity
2012
IS:3025 (Part 40)-1991
Calcium
Reaffirmed 2009
Total
IS:3025 (Part 34)-1988
Kjeldahl
Reaffirmed 2009
Nitrogen
Dissolved IS:3025 (Part 38)-1989
Oxygen Reaffirmed 2009
IS:3025 (Part 17)-1984
TSS
Reaffirmed 2006
Heavy
Metals: Iron,
Copper, APHA 3111 B 22nd Edition
Nickel, 2012
Cadmium,
Zinc
APHA 2510 B 22nd Edition
Conductivity
2012
IS:3025 (Part 44)-1993
BOD
Reaffirmed 2009
Ammonical IS:3025 (Part 34)-1988
Nitrogen Reaffirmed 2009
Total IS:3025 (Part 52)-2003
Chromium Reaffirmed 2009
181
(Hexavalent
)
Total &
IS:3025 (Part 31)-1988
Dissolved
Reaffirmed 2009
Phosphate
IS:3025 (Part 39-1991
Oil & Grease
Reaffirmed 2009
Noise
Day & Night Six At each station noise level will be monitored for 24- Sample Rs
level Noise Monthly hours simultaneously. For each measurement, dB (A) from two 25,000/-
Monitoring readings will be taken in every 15 minutes for 24 hrs
location
to get Leq values.
from core
zone.
Rs
5 nearby 25,000/-
villages.
Soil
Soil Monitoring, Six Parameter Method Four Rs
Qualitative and Monthly Boron USDA 73 (B) samples 30,000/-
quantitative 1954,Edition by L.A. from four
testing/analysis Richards(Reissued in corners and
to check the soil 1969) one
fertility, EC ISO ;11265;1994-10-01 composite
porosity, texture, Available Nitrogen ISO ;14256;2003-10-03 – sample will
water holding 15 be
capacity, pH, Organic matter (USDA-M-24) prepared.
Electrical 1954,Edition by L.A.
conductivity, Richards(Reissued in
Permeability 1969) 5 nearby Rs
etc. Available Phosphorus (USDA-M-61) villages.
36,000/
1954,Edition by L.A.
Richards(Reissued in
1969)
Ortho Phosphorus ISO;10158;1982,Reaffirm
ed 2009
Potassium (USDA-M-58)
1969)
Phosphate ISO;10158;1982,Reaffirm
ed 2009
SAR & Soil Extract (USDA-M-20b)
1969)
Sodium (USDA-M-57)
1969)
182
Moisture Content (USDA-M-26)
1969)
TKN ISO-11261;1995-03-01
Available Calcium (USDA-M-7)
1969)
Bicarbonate Alkanity (USDA-M-12)
(as CaCo3 ) 1954,Edition by L.A.
1969)
Calor USDA NRCS 2002
Gypsum (USDA-M-22d)
1969)
Available Chloride (USDA-M-13)
1969)
Available Magnesium (USDA-M-7)
1969)
Nitrate ISO 14256;2003-03-15
Sulphur (USDA-M-60)
1969)
Total Soluble IS;2720 Part – 27;1977
Sulphate
Exchangable Sodium (USDA-M-206)
Percantage 1954,Edition by L.A.
1969)
Texture(Silt,Clay,San (USDA-M-41)
d) 1954,Edition by L.A.
1969)
Bulk Density (USDA-M-38)
1969)
Porosity (USDA-M-40)
1969)
183
Permeability (USDA-M-37b)
1969)
Copper EPA 3050 B (Revision 2-
1996)
EPA 7000 B (Revision
2nd Feb. 2007)
Lead ISO;11466;1995
Cadmium ISO;11466;1995
Zinc ISO;11466;1995
Aluminium ISO;11466;1995
Manganese ISO;11466;1995
Solid Waste Generation Monitoring / Record Keeping
Records of To be Manual record keeping Storage 20,000/-
generation, updated area
handling, daily
storage,
transportation
and
disposal/treatme
nt of other solid,
aqueous and
organic
hazardous
wastes as
required by
hazardous waste
authorization
Table -6-1; Environmental monitoring program me for installation phase
During Operation Phase:
Monitoring Frequency of Methodology Location Cost In

Monitoring Rs
(Annuall
y)
Air & Stack
184
Ambient Air Annually Particulate Matter (PM2.5):USEPA Quality Assurance 4 Rs.
Quality at Handbook (Vol II) Part II,Quality Assurance Guideline Locati 10,000/-
appropriate Document 2.12 Publication 1988) ons per
location for sample
Particulate Matter (PM10): IS: 5182;Part 23 :2006 -
PM10,
Upwin
PM2.5, SO2, Sulphur dioxide (SO2): IS: 5182( Part – 2) – 2001
d
NOx. ,Reaffirmed 2006
directi
Nitrogen Oxides :IS: 5182( Part –6)-2006 on
-
Down
wind
directi
on
Stack Annually Particulate Matter: 15 DG Rs
emission for Sets 12,000/-
(IS: 11255; Part – I – 1985,Reaffirmed 2009
point sources per stack
PM, SO2, Sulphur dioxide (SO2) :
NOx & CO. (IS: 5182 ; Part – II – 1985
Reaffirmed 2009
Nitrogen Oxides (IS: 11255; Part – 7 – 2005): Oxygen,
Carbon Monoxide, Carbon dioxide, Nitrogen and
Unsaturated Hydrocarban: Test for gases by orsat:
Carbon Monoxide: Test for gases by orsat (IS: 13270)-
1992
Water & Wastewater
Water Annually Parameter Method 4 water Rs
Quality Sampl 10,000/-
IS:3025(Part-4)-1983
Monitoring Colour e
Reaffirmed 2006 Per
for relevant within
sample
parameters IS:3025(Part-5)-1983 Project
Odour
of IS – 10500 Reaffirmed 2006 Site
IS:3025(Part-2)-1983
pH
Reaffirmed 2006
IS:3025(Part-10)-1984
Turbity
Reaffirmed 2006
IS:3025(Part-32)-1999
Chloride
Reaffirmed 2009
APHA 4500-F-B,D
Fluoride
22nd Edition 2012
IS:3025(Part-34)-1988
Nitrate
Reaffirmed 2009
IS:3025(Part-34)-1988
Nitrite
Reaffirmed 2009
185
IS:3025(Part-24)-1986
Sulphate
Reaffirmed 2009
APHA 3111 B 22nd
Cadmium
Edition 2012
IS:3025(Part-21)-1986
Total Hardness
Reaffirmed 2009
APHA 3111 B 22nd
Lead
Edition 2012
IS:3025(Part-9)-1984
Temperature
Reaffirmed 2006
Total Dissolved IS:3025(Part-16)-1984
Solids Reaffirmed 2006
Chemical 5520,APHA B&C,22nd
Oxygen Demand Edition 2012
Sodium, IS:3025 (Part-45)-1993
Potassium, Reaffirmed 2009
3500-Li (B) ,APHA
Lithium
22nd Edition 2012
APHA 2320 B
Alkalinity
22ndEdition 2012
IS:3025 (Part 40)-1991
Calcium
Reaffirmed 2009
Total Kjeldahl IS:3025 (Part 34)-1988
Dissolved IS:3025 (Part 38)-1989
Oxygen Reaffirmed 2009
IS:3025 (Part 17)-1984
TSS
Reaffirmed 2006
Heavy Metals:
Iron, Copper, APHA 3111 B 22nd
Nickel, Edition 2012
Cadmium, Zinc
APHA 2510 B 22nd
Conductivity
Edition 2012
IS:3025 (Part 44)-1993
BOD
Reaffirmed 2009
Ammonical IS:3025 (Part 34)-1988
Total Chromium IS:3025 (Part 52)-2003
(Hexavalent ) Reaffirmed 2009
186
Total &
IS:3025 (Part 31)-1988
Dissolved
Reaffirmed 2009
Phosphate
IS:3025 (Part 39-1991
Oil & Grease
Reaffirmed 2009
Waste Water Daily till pH – IS:3025(Part-2)-1983 Reaffirmed 2006 2 STP Rs
Quality stabilizati & 2 10,000
TSS - IS:3025 (Part 17)-1984 Reaffirmed 2006
(Treated & on of STP ETP per
Untreated) & ETP Oil & Grease - IS:3025 (Part 39-1991 Reaffirmed 2009 inlet sample
for pH , TSS, BOD - IS:3025 (Part 44)-1993 Reaffirmed 2009 and
Oil & outlet
Grease, COD - 5520,APHA B&C,22nd Edition 2012
BOD, COD,
etc.
Waste water Weekly
quality pH, till one
pH, TSS, oil month
& Grease. then Six
BOD, COD , monthly
etc.
Noise
Day & Night Annually As per IS: 9989(1986) reaffirmed 2001 4 Rs
level Noise Locati 21,000/-
Monitoring ons
-
Upwin
d
directi
on -
Down
wind
directi
on -
nearby
road.
Soil
Soil Annually Parameter Method Four Rs

Monitoring, sample 12,000/-
Boron USDA 73 (B) 1954,Edition
Qualitative s from per
by L.A.Richards(Reissued
and four sample
in 1969)
quantitative corner
testing/analy EC ISO ;11265;1994-10-01 in
sis to check project
Available Nitrogen ISO ;14256;2003-10-03 – 15
the soil site.
fertility, Organic matter (USDA-M-24) 1954,Edition compo
porosity, by L.A.Richards(Reissued site
texture, in 1969) sample
187
water Available Phosphorus (USDA-M-61) 1954,Edition in core
holding by L.A.Richards(Reissued zone
capacity etc. in 1969)
Ortho Phosphorus ISO;10158;1982,Reaffirmed
2009
Potassium (USDA-M-58) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
Phosphate ISO;10158;1982,Reaffirmed
2009
SAR & Soil Extract (USDA-M-20b)
1954,Edition by
L.A.Richards(Reissued in
1969)
Sodium (USDA-M-57) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
Moisture Content (USDA-M-26) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
TKN ISO-11261;1995-03-01
Available Calcium (USDA-M-7) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
Bicarbonate Alkanity (USDA-M-12) 1954,Edition
(as CaCo3 ) by L.A.Richards(Reissued
in 1969)
Calor USDA NRCS 2002
Gypsum (USDA-M-22d)
1954,Edition by
1969)
Available Chloride (USDA-M-13) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
Available Magnesium (USDA-M-7) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
Nitrate ISO 14256;2003-03-15
Sulphur (USDA-M-60) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
Total Soluble Sulphate IS;2720 Part – 27;1977
188
Exchangable Sodium (USDA-M-206)
Percantage 1954,Edition by
1969)
Texture(Silt,Clay,Sand) (USDA-M-41) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
Bulk Density (USDA-M-38) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
Porosity (USDA-M-40) 1954,Edition
in 1969)
Permeability (USDA-M-37b)
1954,Edition by
1969)
Copper EPA 3050 B (Revision 2-
1996)
EPA 7000 B (Revision 2nd
Feb. 2007)
Lead ISO;11466;1995
Cadmium ISO;11466;1995
Zinc ISO;11466;1995
Aluminium ISO;11466;1995
Manganese ISO;11466;1995
Solid Waste Generation Monitoring / Record Keeping
Records of generation, To be Manual record Keeping Rs

handling, storage, updated
10,000/-
transportation and daily
disposal of other solid,
aqueous and organic
hazardous wastes as
required by hazardous
waste authorization
Green belt & plantation monitoring
Green belt & Annually Manual Rs
plantation
10,000/-
monitoring
Table 6-2; environmental monitoring details for operation phase
189
Chapter 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Risk is the probability or severity of occurrence of a harmful consequence due to hazards.
Hazard is a situation that poses a level of threat to life health or environment.
Disaster is a natural or man-made hazard resulting in an event of substantial extent causing significant
physical damage or distraction loss of life or drastic change in environment.
Risk Assessment: Qualitative and quantitative measurement of the potential loss of life, personal
injury, economic injury, and property damage resulting from hazards.
Risk assessment involves the following:
 Hazard Identification
 Vulnerability Analysis
 Risk Analysis
 Emergency Plan
The main objective of this Risk Assessment (RA) study for the proposed ropeway is to identify the
disasters due to natural causes, human caused occurrences & technical failures and to provide risk
mitigating measures to reduce associated hazards.
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
The project is construction of a Hospital and service apartments there may be following types of
hazards:
1. Natural hazards:
– Earthquake
– Flooding
2. Man-made hazards:
– Fire & explosion
– Electrical
– Mechanical
– Radiation
– Thermal
– Chemical
190
VULNERABILITY ANALYSIS
This is a Hospital project (which includes- hospital building, R&D block & Service Apartments) hence
Doctors, Nurse, students, patients, other staff & visitors will be vulnerable to risks.
The vulnerable analysis is done on all the hazards is given in Table 7-1.
During Construction During Operation
Natural hazards
Earthquake Blocks under construction. All the blocks.
Flood Immediate areas of The complete project.
construction
Man-made hazards
Fire & explosion All working areas Complete project but majorly the
hospital block & institutes.
Electrical All working areas Complete project but majorly the
hospital block & institutes.
Mechanical Cranes & Machineries Elevators, DG set room, equipment
rooms of hospital, labs equipped with
big size machineries or instruments.
Radiation - Hospital Block
Thermal Areas with heat generating Labs, Electrical rooms, areas with hot
activities liquid or solids
Chemical - Labs, Chemical storage areas, medical
shops.
Table 7-1; Vulnerability Analysis
RISK ANALYSIS
The risk is likelihood of harmful effect big or small due to hazard, together with severity of harm
suffered. Risk also depends on the number of people exposed to hazard. Risk analysis provides severity
of harm from particular type of the hazards.
7.3.1 Natural Hazards

7.3.1.1 Earthquake:
The project is located in seismic zone IV where earthquake can occur from 4.0-7.0 Richter scale.
7.3.1.2 Flooding:
The project site is located in an area where no river or no other surface water body is seen, hence, no
chances of floods are there. However, flooding can occur due to excess rain.
191
7.3.2 Man-made hazards
7.3.2.1 Fire & Explosion:
Since, it is Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences, chances of
fire are minimal. It can occur due to electrical spark or gas leakage from kitchen in Service Apartments.
Fire caused in Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences is mainly due to
carelessness, short circuits, and malfunctioning of gas regulator, tube, and such related products.
7.3.2.2 Electrical:
The electrical current can pass to the floor & metals due to inadequate insulation or accidently.
7.3.2.3 Mechanical:
The mechanical fault can cause accident due to falling of heavy equipments, collide with sharp or heavy
machineries, not working condition of these equipments which includes the elevators, health care
equipments, medical machineries, etc.
7.3.2.4 Radiation:
As the project is a Hospital which will include oncology department, x-ray, MRI, CT scan, etc.
facilities, gamma rays, x-rays, electromagnetic etc. may leak out from the hospital.
7.3.2.5 Thermal:
Thermal heat can be generated from the D.G sets, heat generating machineries, hot liquids & solids and
the vehicles in the Project.
7.3.2.6 Chemical:
Chemicals used in the project mainly includes the chemical used in laboratories for testing, medicines
& cleaning agents.
ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN
An onsite emergency is caused by an accident or hazard that takes place within the project and the
effects are confined to the project premises only.
The onsite emergency plan consists of following key elements:
 Health Hazards for construction activities

 Planning as per hazard analysis
 Preventive measures
 Emergency response procedure
 Recovery procedure
192
7.4.1 Health Hazards for construction activities
 Safety mats would be provided at appropriate level and various shafts/ openings would be
covered to prevent falls, slips, trips etc.
 Necessary safety belts, helmets and eye-masks as required would be enforced at site.
 Adequate guardrails shall be provided to the staircases and common areas.
 Adequate guardrails/ fences shall be provided around the water storage spaces to prevent
drowning accidents.
 Adequate protection/ fence would be provided around the excavated areas.
 The machinery and the equipments would be regularly tested and maintained with the specific
emphasis against accidents failures.
 The deployed Safety officers would ensure that the personnel/ labour are kept at a safe distance
from working machinery to avoid accidents/ injuries due to toxic gases/ chemical/ noise.
 Moving parts of various parts of machineries/equipments shall be properly guarded.
 Required fire extinguishers would be maintained at the construction site.
 Arrangements for clean drinking water would be made.
 Rest rooms and first aid facilities would be made available for the workers.
7.4.2 Planning
1. Mapping of hazard vulnerable area shall be done in consultation with staff & residents.
2. There shall be Disaster Management Cell in place.
3. The disaster management cell shall have following members to share the responsibility
I. Site Controller (Administrator)
II. Incident Controller (Astt. Administrator)
III. Personal Manager
IV. Communication Officer
V. Fire Officer
VI. Security Officer
VII. Engineering In-charge
VIII. Fire pump attendant
IX. First Aid Team
193
7.4.3 Preventive Measures
A. Earthquake:
The project will be situated Seismic zone-IV area. Special attention will be given to the structural design
of foundation, elements of masonry, timber, plain concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete,
and structural steel.
All applicable guidelines will also be followed in this regard to ensure safety of the building and its
residents. Structural designing shall be done as per National Building Code 2005.
B. Flooding:
 Proper designing of drainage system for domestic as well as storm water.
 There will be 5 no. of rain water harvesting pits (rainy wells) and a water body at the proposed site
for recharging the ground water.
 Excess water will be disposed off to sewer of the area as per discharge standards.
C. Fire:
Fire safety measures shall be taken as per the following:
o National Building Code of India 2016

o I.S. codes
o Delhi Fire Prevention and Safety Act – 1986
o Delhi Fire Service Rules, 2010 Under Delhi Fire Service Act , 2007 (Delhi Act 2 of 2009)
One Nos. Centralized Static Underground storage fire tanks of 200 m3 capacity and One Nos.
Centralized Static Underground storage fire tanks of 200 m3 capacity.
Terrace tanks of required capacity shall be provided as per NBC 2016 depending on height for all tower
buildings.
Following types of fire pumps shall be used within the project:
Fire Pumps:
Type of pump Capacity
(lpm)
Main electrical pump 2850
Electrical sprinkler pump 2850
Jockey pump 180
Diesel pump 2850
Water curtain pump 1620
194
Fire Hydrant System:
Externally fire hydrants will be located.
Fire main of 150 mm dia. Shall be Connected to external yard hydrants placed @ 45m c/c distance.
Sprinkler System:
Sprinkler System shall be provided for all the basement areas.
Fire Extinguishers:
Portable fire extinguishers of following types shall be provided:
 ABC Powder type

 water expelling type
CO2 type
The complex is proposed to be provided with fire protection arrangements such as Manual call points,
Underground water storage tank, Overhead storage tank, Portable appliances, Exit signs, D. G. Set, P.
A. System, staircase etc. from fire safety point view.
Following Firefighting codes and standards shall be followed in the project:
LIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
(1) IS: 2189 - 1962 Code of Practice for Automatic Fire Alarm System.
(2) IS: 2195 - 1962 Specifications for Heat sensitive Fire Detectors.
(3) IS: 732 - 1973 Code of practice for Electrical Wiring installation
(4) UL 168 Under writers laboratory specifications for smoke detectors.
D. Electrical:
(i) Planning Stage:
Safety parameters as indicated under Indian Electricity Rules 1956 and ECBC shall be complied. The
following safety measurement will be considered:
 Earthing system
 The earthing system shall be based on the Indian TNS system. The earthing conductors proposed to
be used are Copper plate for neutral and body earth.
 The design of the system shall follow the Indian Code of Practice IS 3043: 1987.
 ELCB in Distribution Board
 One Earth Leakage Breaker sensitivity 30 mA shall be used per phase in all Distribution Boards
195
In addition to that, following measures shall be adopted
 There will be colour coding and labelling of high voltage electrical wires
 Sand bags/ wire bucket shall be placed near the electrical control/panel
 Installation of electrical equipments shall be properly done like insulation, guarding and grounding.
 Work practices and handling of the electrical equipments shall be properly managed.
 Employees and workers shall be trained for awareness of safe work practices and systems.
 Properly maintained equipments and tools will be used.
 Service of electrical equipments shall be done under the supervision of trained personnel.
 Temporary connections made for experimental reasons shall be safe and properly insulated.
 Live electrical terminals shall be shielded.
(ii) Operation Stage:
 Have only licensed electricians install, repair and dismantle jobsite wiring.
 Check each extension cord before use.
 Do a thorough check for electrical wiring before cutting through any wall, floor or ceiling.
 Inspect power equipments on a regular basis.
 Check insulated tools for damage before each use.
 Never modify electrical plugs.
 Keep extension cords in a safe place where they won’t be stepped on or driven over.
 Ensure that all electrical components stay dry.
 Use the right extension cord for the job.
D. Chemicals:
Since the proposed project involves Hospital & Medical Institute, chemicals will be mainly used in
laboratories of the hospital as well as the institute.
The chemical hazards of the project will include the chemicals used in laboratories of hospital, medical
institutes, Cleaning agent (acid /caustic), Insecticides, Medicines, etc.
The risk caused due to the hazards will include the following:
– Causing fire, explosion, Release of harmful /toxic gas or particles.

– Splashing of hot corrosive or toxic liquid.
To prevent chemical hazard following measures shall be taken:
196
– Use of safer chemicals as far as possible.
– Keep material safety Data Sheet (MSOS) of all chemicals.
– Storage of chemical in appropriate containers (which is safer for chemical) & appropriate storage
areas.
– Storage of chemical at defined place will act as spillage control system.
– Cleaning agents can be treated by water.
– Insecticides shall be contained with specified space during sand & cotton and waste shall be sent to
TSDF.
– The spray of insecticide shall be done by using gas mask.
– Proper environment like ventilation, temperature.
– Use of chemicals by qualified and trained personals.
– Use of personal protective equipment (PPE) during handing of chemicals.
– Use of emergency procedures in case of leakage like
a) Firefighting – for fire
b) Spillage treatment
c) First aid
d) Evacuation of area
E. Mechanical:
Mechanical hazards are created by powered operation of equipments or tools.
Mechanical hazards can occur at three locations:
1) Elevators
2) DG set room, Pump & motors room.
3) Vehicular Movement
Following preventive measures shall be taken.
– Elevators shall be properly maintained with record book of maintenance.

– Periodic replacement of critical components of elevator/ machine.
– Proper training to operators of machines.
– The protective guard will be installed at fan & motors.
– There will be safe distance demarcation on heavy machines like cranes (during construction)
– Sign of danger at the hazard places.
F. Radiation:
The radiation hazard can be of two types:
197
– Ionizing Radiation (nuclear radiation)
– Nonionizing radiation (non-nuclear radiation)
In the project radiations are both ionizing (due to gamma rays, UV rays, x rays, etc.) and non-ionizing
(micro waves, infrared waves, electromagnetic waves, etc.)
The radiation can be prevented in following manner:
– Shielding of radiation.
– Storage of radioactive material in a very safe and restricted place.
– Safe distance from radiation source.
– Sign of radiation hazard at vulnerable areas.
G. Thermal:
Thermal hazards are objects or substances that transfer energy as heat.
a) Typical building can have following points of thermal hazard.

 Open flame
 Boiling liquid
 Hot machines/equipments
b) The thermal hazard can cause burn of skin.
Following preventive measures can be taken:
 The open flame area like kitchen, lab and mess shall be restricted.
 D.G set room will have restricted entry.
 Operators in the thermal hazard area shall be provided with protective gears like gloves,
goggles etc.
 For emergency first acid room will be maintained.
7.4.4 Emergency Response Procedure

Even after all the preventive measures for any emergency following infrastructure shall be provided.
– Administrative office shall also make an Emergency Control Room.

– Assembly area shall be demarked.
– Communication system shall be installed in the project which shall include intercom and public
addressing system.
– Fire alarm shall be installed at vulnerable place.
– The evacuation plan of each building shall be displayed at each floor of respective building.
– The safe zones (at the time of emergency) on map shall be displayed at different locations.
198
– First Aid facility shall be made available at Control room.
– In case of emergency following action shall be taken.
 The emergency shall be declared in case of following:
 Fire alarm buzzing (Fire hazard)
 Vibration/Earthquake feeling (Earthquake)Water logging in the project site above 30 cm
(Flood)
 Any unusual smell of gas or suffocating feeling (Chemical leakage)
 Security alarm from main gate. (Security risk/Terrorism)
– On declaration of emergency, communication & safe escape shall be made available to the patients,
students, residents, staff, etc. for any type emergency
– All the people of the affected area shall be moved to safe zone
– The control measures shall be done as per the emergency action plan for each type of hazard.
– All the members of disaster management cell shall take charge of their respective duties.
– Outside help like fire tender, police ambulance etc. shall be called by site controller or Incident
controller.
7.4.5 Recovery Procedure

The recovery procedure will depend on the type of emergency. Recovery procedure shall be followed
by engineering section to restore the essential services like electricity, water, telephone, food items.
OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN
If an accident take place in the project and its effect are felt outside the project, the situation thus created
is called an offsite emergency.
In this case off site emergency is not applicable.
SECURITY PLAN
An ISO 27001 and 27002, which are the international best practice information security management
standards, defining and guiding Information Security Management System (ISMS) development shall
be adopted. These will provide the necessary benchmarking for individual users to know the type of
cover and the responsibilities that are defined and provided by that institution for its guests. Most
importantly, training, to staff needs to be regularly imparted in dealing with such situations.
1. Manual Checks: At all gates the visitors shall be manually checked and asked for ID’s.
2. CCTV: At all important location with a remote viewing facility and record back up. With
highest resolution and picture quality. DVR being the back bone, its recording and replaying
capabilities must be considered.
199
3. Checks at Entrances: All car entering will be checked thoroughly inclusive of Bonnets,
Luggage Hold with hand held, metal detectors, mirrors and other checking stuffs.
4. Central Control Room: This will control the security system from inside.
5. Communication Systems: Proper communication system to security staff shall help them to
coordinate better during emergencies.
7.6.1 Training and Security Drills (including Surveillance System)

Disaster planning is the responsibility of all sections of the community. The police, fire brigade, civil
defence, Home Guards, press, clergy, industrial groups, and community groups must participate in the
pre-disaster planning. The community as a whole has the responsibility to teach first aid to groups in
the community that could be utilized in disaster situations. The disaster may involve the normal
communication network itself. Therefore, two-way radio systems and messenger systems must be
included as backups in the event of a communication-system failure.
Proper training, security drill and evacuation drill shall be conducted in a defined time period, so as to
train the management people, security personnel’s, senior staff and all other working staff in the hotel
to take control of all odds what so ever come in the way. These trainings shall be conducted for use of
weapons and Arms by some trained agencies for the said trainings. The training shall be done
periodically.
a) Making of Standard Operating Procedures
A standard operating procedure manual shall be prepared, followed and maintained for all the
eventualities due to attack by armed intruders.
b) Emergency Response Team
The disaster management cell shall act as an emergency response team shall be formed in the project
which will comprise of persons from Internal Control room personnel, security staff, trainers,
Police Control, Army official, Nearest Hospital Management, Fire officer to take control of any
eventuality if comes in the project.
EVACUATION PLAN
Standard operating procedures will be formulated and maintained for all eventualities due to attack by
armed intruders.
Evacuation plan includes the evacuation due to
 fire hazard
 Armed Intrusion
200
 Flood
 Earthquake
During any of the above mentioned hazards, the evacuation will be as follows:
INFORM CONTROL ROOM

INFORM CONCERNED AGENCY
SUGGEST EVACUATION PLAN
SHIFTING RESIDENTS TO INTERNAL SAFE AREA
FIRST AID
TRANSPORT INJURED TO NEAREST HOSPITAL
TRANSPORT PEOPLE TO SAFE PLACE
CALL NECESSARY HELP
Communication
The communication system is useful for rapid notification to appropriate units and expeditious
implementation of relief procedures. The fire brigade and metro police units are linked through a
wireless communication network. Additional channels of communication are now available through
personal cell phones. Use of personal cell phones will not be restricted during disasters.
On-site crowd control and information management
Disasters usually attract crowds consisting of curious bystanders, onlookers, overenthusiastic
volunteers, and self-styled advisers. In general, this hampers rapid triage and transport. The primary
responsibility for crowd management is with the police. When a call is received at any of the control
rooms, the information is passed on to the local police. The police contingent which arrives on the scene
has the primary responsibility for crowd control.
201
Safety In-charge
Fire & Safety Officer Security In-charge First Aid In-charge
Fire Supervisor Guards

Primary First Communicati
Aid Person on Hospital
Fire Trained Security Communication

Personnel Guard Office
Table 7-2: Disaster Management Team
202
Chapter 8: PROJECT BENEFITS
 The Hospital will boost some of the best medical care infrastructure in the country which is currently
available in major hospitals in India AIIMS, New Delhi, R & R Hospital of the Army in New Delhi and
Lilavati hospital Mumbai.
 It will be a Super-speciality hospital. The hospital will have its own dedicated Service Apartments
specially for old age patients.
 The hospital will provide world class medical facilities to patients. It will also provide 24x7 Ambulance
facility.
 The Hospital will provide employment to labourers during construction phase and employment to
personnel working in the hospital during operation phase.
 The Hospital will also enhance the infrastructure of the area.
 Hospital will have treatment facilities for oncology, nephrology, neurology, orthopaedics and
cardiology etc.
 It will provide medical facilities to patients.
203
Chapter 9: ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that the project
is implemented in an environmentally sustainable manner where all stakeholders including the project
proponents, contractors and subcontractors, including consultants, understand the potential
environmental risks arising from the proposed project and take appropriate actions to properly manage
that risk. Adequate environment management measures need to be incorporated during the entire
planning, construction and operating stages of the project to minimize any adverse environmental
impact and assure sustainable development of the area.
The EMP presented below will be followed and regular monitoring of relevant parameters as stated in
post – project monitoring schedule shall be carried out. The EMP shall be proactive in nature and shall
be upgraded if new facilities or modification of existing facilities, with environmental concerns, come
up at a later stage.
EMP includes four elements:
 Commitment and Policy: Proposed project will strive to provide and implement the
Environment Management Plan that incorporates all issues related to air, land and water.
 Planning: This includes identification of environment impacts, legal requirements and setting
environmental objectives.
 Implementation: This comprises of resources available to the developers, accountability of
contractors, training of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities and
documentation of measures to be taken.
 Measurement and Evaluation: This includes monitoring, corrective actions, and record
keeping.
The EMP ‘s that will be into place consist of those during construction and operating stages of the
project and includes the following elements:
 Air Pollution Control and Management

 Water Pollution & Control (Sewage Treatment Plant)
 Storm Water Management
 Noise Control and Management
 Hazardous and Solid Waste Management
 Plantation, Landscaping and Land Management
 Environmental Management Plan
 Environmental Monitoring
204
Air Environment
9.1.1 Environment Management during Construction phase

Air quality around the project will be adversely impacted during the construction stage. Various
construction activities especially related to loose material likely to cause generation of dust that
impacted the air quality of the surrounding area of the project site. To minimize such impact, following
measures shall be taken:
 All the loose material either stacked or transported will be provided with suitable covering such as
tarpaulin, etc and kept in and specific place.
 Construction & Demolition shall be stacked properly and kept covered under tarpaulin cover. The
waste will be managed as per C&D Management Rules.
 Dust suppression systems (water spray) shall be done as per requirement at the construction site.
 Wind breaking walls shall be provided around the construction site.
 Fly ash based cement / bricks should be used in the construction
 Building under construction shall be covered with the green cloth and net screen shall be provided
on every floor throughout the construction.
 Water sprinkling will be done at the location where dust generation is anticipated.
 To minimize the occupational health hazard, proper mask will be provided to the workers who are
engaged in dust generation activity.
 Wet jet system shall be used for the stone cutting and grinding to avoid the emission from the dry
stone cutting.
 Wheel washing arrangement of construction vehicle will be provided at site.
 DG sets of capacity 500 KVA shall be installed acoustically enclosed with adequate stack height
above roof level of DG sets.
The construction activity results emission in fugitive dusts. These fugitive dusts shall be controlled by
carrying out construction by covering the boundary of the proposed project site and also by intermittent
spraying of water.
9.1.2 Environment Management during Operation Phase:

The source of air pollution will be operation of DG sets within the project. DG sets of capacity 2x1010
KVA has already been installed for emergency use during power failure. Proper Stack height of 30 m
has been provided. For proposed expansion, 12 x 1500 KVA capacities will be installed for emergency
use during power failure. Proper stack height of 6m above roof level for D.G Sets shall be maintained
which will help in reducing the air pollution. D.G sets shall be kept in Basement/Ground.
205
Maintenance of proper stack height of D.G Set shall help in reducing the air pollution. The stack height
of DG sets has been calculated as per the details given below:
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1. Channelization of Exhaust:
The exhaust from the D.G. Sets will be channelized to chimney.
2. Chimney:
S. DG sets Nos. Stack Stack Height (above Location of
No. (Existing) Height ground level) DG sets
1. 1010 KVA 2 30 meters 11.48 meters Surface
(Existing)
S. DG sets Nos. Stack Height Stack Height Location of DG

No. proposed (above roof (above ground sets
level) level)
1. 1500 KVA 12 6.0 meters 6.0 + 45 = 51 Basement/Ground
(proposed) meters
Table 9-1; Chimney details
Emission Standard
As per the specifications from D.G. Set manufacturer following emissions has been maintained.
D. G. Set. Capacity No. PM Nox HC CO

mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3
1010 KVA 2 75 887.5 100 150
1500 KVA 12 75 887.5 100 150
Table 9-2: DG set specifications
Water Environment
9.2.1 Water Management during Construction Phase:

During the construction of the proposed project, the services required like water supply and sewage
facilities shall be arranged on a temporary basis from STP treated water supplied through Tankers and
the same will be maintained without any adverse impact on the environment. Mobile toilets for
construction labours shall be provided. The waste water generated from batching plant will not be
allowed to stand (water logging) or enter into the roadside or nearby drain. Adequate measures shall be
206
taken to collect such run off and either are reused or disposed off at the designated construction waste
disposal location.
During the construction period, runoff from the construction site shall not be allowed to stand (water
logging) or enter into the roadside or nearby drain. Adequate measures shall be taken to collect such
run off and either are reused or disposed off at the designated construction waste disposal location.
9.2.2 Water Management during Operational Phase:

The total quantity of water required in the project after expansion will be 3505 KLD out of which fresh
water requirement will be 1809 KLD (Domestic- 1509 KLD; Lab 250 KLD & steam boiler make-up -
50 KLD) which will be met by Municipal Corporation supply. Details of Water management and Water
Balance are given in Section-9.2.
The 1861 KLD of generated sewage shall be treated in 2 STP each of 1200 KLD capacity and Treated
water of 1696 KLD will be reused in gardening, flushing, Cooling Plant and Misc. and excess treated
water of 72 KLD will be discharged to sewer. The total waste water generation from lab will be 200
KLD which will be treated in 2 ETP each of 180 KLD Capacity. The excess treated water of 190 KLD
generated will be discharged to Sewer.
WATER REQUIREMENT AND WASTE WATER GENERATION
STP & ETP Capacity

Total Water
Requirement Total Waste
Description Population Factor (LPCD) (KLD) water(KLD)
In Patient 1843 450 829
Staff 11000 45 495
Visitors 22000 15 330
Service apartment 2875 135 388
Sub Total 37718 KLD 2042 KLD 1756 KLD

Domestic Water
Requirement
(KLD) 1429 1143
Flushing Water
Requirement
(KLD) 613 613
Gardening 70 NIL
To 2 ETP each of 180
Lab 250 200 KLD
Misc. (filter back
wash) 10 8
207
Cooling plant 200 NIL
Steam boiler
makeup 50 NIL
To 2 STP each of 1200
Total 2622 KLD 1764 KLD KLD
WATER BALANCE
Figure 9-1 Water Balance
208
TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES FOR WASTE WATER
Following are the Sewage/Effluent that shall be generated from the entire site:
1) Domestic Sewage from the Toilets &Bathrooms.
2) Wastewater from Canteen/Cafeteria.
3) Medical Waste and Lab Waste
The above-mentioned wastes shall be handled as per the following systems:
1) Domestic Sewage from the Toilets &Bathrooms: This shall be collected in the external sewerage
system consisting of pipes and manholes and sent to STP for treatment.
2) Wastewater from Canteen/Cafeteria: This type of wastes shall also be passed through Grease
traps/Oil separators before its discharging into the STP.
The total waste water generated (1861 KLD) will be treated in 2 STP each of 1200 KLD capacity and
treated water will be reused in gardening, flushing, cooling & miscellaneous purpose. The excess
treated water generated will be discharged in sewer.
3) Medical Waste and Lab Waste: The total waste water generation from lab & OT will be 200 KLD
The waste water from Labs & OT shall be treated into the 2 ETP each of 180 KLD Capacity. Any
special medical wastes shall be collected and handled separately as per medical waste guidelines.
209
SCHEME OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT (MBR Technology)
The Membrane Bio Reactor Technology is the most advanced development in the field of
biological treatment providing treated wastewater for recycling in smaller footprint and under
stringent discharge norms.
Hollow Fiber membranes are introduced to mixed liquor to separate treated effluent from mixed liquor.
Membrane being the absolute physical barriers ensures complete removal of suspended impurities.
MBR applications include even retrofits of existing systems as well as installation of new systems, for
both meeting the most stringent discharge norms and reuse. Treated wastewater from MBR can be even
reused for cooling tower make-up, to generate high purity water through Reverse Osmosis and other
non-potable applications. This process can help environment protection by treating wastewater and
making it suitable for variety of application and thus conserve precious drinking water. Biological
system designed for MBR process operates at higher MLVSS concentration with higher sludge
retention time thus produces a low quantum of biological sludge thus reducing the sludge dewatering
cost.
210
MBR technology combines the skills of our membrane specialists to deliver integrated treatment
solutions with firm process guarantees such as BOD and TSS less than 5 mg/l and also removal of
nutrient (nitrogen & phosphorous) and coliforms etc.
Biological process fluid (mixed liquor) is pumped to the Membrane Operating System (“MOS”).
The mixed liquor is introduced to membrane, along with air, evenly across the bottom of the tank
through a unique two-phase jet system. This mixed liquor fills the membrane tank and flows upward
through the membrane submodules, creating cross-flow dynamics across the membrane surface.
This cross-flow continuously scours the membrane surface and prevent solids dehydration at the
membrane surface. Applying a low-pressure vacuum to the inside of the membrane fiber pulls water
through the membranes and pumps the filtered water to the next process step. Solids, including
organics, bacteria, and most viruses, are rejected by the membrane system and retained in the mixed
liquor, which overflows the MOS back to the aeration tank.
211
The Membrane Operating System is an assembly with integral membrane modules arranged in rack
assemblies, inserted into the membrane tank.
MOS Mixed Liquor Distribution & Recirculation Jets are designed to distribute the air scour and
mixed liquor flow evenly across the membrane submodules.
This feature eliminates potential polarisation (concentration) of suspended solids around the
membrane fibers which could be main cause for the failure and damage of individual fibers thus
submodules. Additionally, this feature provides even distribution of mixed liquor solids to each
membrane unit, critical so that all membranes see the same process conditions. The return
recirculation of mixed liquor ensures influent comes in intimate contact with the concentrated
biomass, offering better organism selection and added flexibility in the anoxic cycle for advanced
nitrogen removal, when required. This same jet system also acts as an integral part of the membrane
cleaning system, providing an efficient scouring of the membranes with chlorine cleaning solution.
The integrated cleaning system allows the submodules to be quickly cleaned in place. Additionally,
the clean and efficient procedure eliminates the need for membrane removal from process tanks that
can damage membranes and present risks to plant operators.
Relaxation, Maintenance and in situ CIP are exclusive features of this MBR Process to ensure
consistent water quality and complete membrane life. The entire operation is PLC controlled.
RAW SEWAGE CHARACTERISTICS
PH 7.5-8.5
BOD mg/l 200-300
COD mg/l 400-500
OIL & Grease mg/l <10
TSS mg/l 100
212
The sewage treatment Plant (STP) can give treated water, which can be reused for Cooling,
Flushing & Gardening purposes.
TREATED SEWAGE CHARACTERISTICS
PH 7.0-8.5
BOD mg/l <10
COD mg/l <60
OIL &
G mg/l <10
TSS mg/l <10
Schematic Diagram of STP
213
SCHEME OF EFFLUENT TREATEMENT PLANT
Approx. 200 KLD effluents will be generated from the laboratory and operation theatre which will be
treated in the 2 ETP each of 180 KLD.
Details of ETP are given as follows:
The wastewater passes through the oil and grease tank to remove excess oil from the wastewater. The
waste water after removal of oil and grease will collected in equalization tank to holding the wastewater
for some pre-determined time in a continuously mixed basin to produce a uniform wastewater. The
wastewater then subjected to Flocculation tank. In a flocculation tank, the water is stirred or otherwise
moved around so that the particles move around, bump into other particles. Chemicals (most commonly
"alum"/ polyelectrolyte) are often added to the water going into a flocculation tank to help aid particle
formation. The next step in the process is to separate the solid sludge with the wastewater hence the
wastewater will be transfer to Tube settlers which capture the settleable fine floc that escapes the
clarification zone beneath the tube settlers and allows the larger floc to travel to the tank bottom in a
more settleable form. The tube settler’s channel collects solids into a compact mass which promotes
the solids to slide down the tube channel to sludge drying beds and the water content will be goes into
the carbon filter to remove contaminants and impurities, utilizing chemical adsorption. Finally the water
will be supplies to the Multistage Evaporator to evaporate the wastewater.
Raw & treated effluent Characteristics:

Parameter Raw (Incoming) Treated
pH 6.7 7
BOD 5 days @20 ˚C 150-350 <10
Suspended Solids mg/l 150-400 <10
COD mg/l 250-800 <50
MPN/ 100 ml 106-1010 <10.0
214
Schematic diagram of ETP
Treated
water to
sewer
Figure 9-2: Schematic diagram of ETP
9.2.3 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

The main source of ground water recharging in the study area will be rainwater, which infiltrates into
the ground through various lithological units present in the study area.
 Scheme for Ground Water Recharging
The rainwater will be diverted from the rooftop using rain water pipes to the surface / underground
drainage network. The entire campus will be sub divided for recharging structures. The rainwater will
be diverted into the 14 no. of rain water harvesting pits (rainy wells) and also diverted into the water
body proposed with natural percolation. Proposed minimum holding capacity in the water body of total
annual discharge will be approx. 25%. Hence, rest 75% of rain water will be recharged by rainy wells.
The overflow from the water body shall be reused or channelized to storm water drainage of the area
and discharged outside the complex. The proposed rainwater-harvesting scheme will stabilize the
groundwater table in the area.
RAIN WATER HARVESTING PLAN
– Soil Quality: Silt Loam

– Annual rainfall: 723 mm
– Peak hourly rainfall: 60 mm/hr
– Infiltration rate: 20.3 mm/hr
– Porosity: 35%
– Ground water level-51-67 m
– Number of rain water harvesting pits: 14
– Size of rain water harvesting pits: Dia – 3.6 m & depth- 3.5 m
215
Type of surface Catchment Run off Intensity of Total Annual
area in Sq coefficient Rainfall (15 Volume of water
m min) (peak Available for
hourly 60 Rain Water
mm/hr) Harvesting
(cu. m) peak
Water Available 21730.96 0.85 15 277
from Terraces and
other roof-top
surfaces
Paved Surfaces, 19208.47 0.65 15 193
Roads & other
Built-Up Areas
Lawns, Gardens & 16614.47 0.2 15 49
all other
Horticultural Areas
GRAND TOTAL 58105.89 Sq. 519 cu m
m
Table 9-3 Rain water calculation
216
4 Nos 300x300 M.M
BRICK WORK PIPE TO SILT TRAP
OPENINGS
INFLOW PIPE
600 x 600 x 100 M.M.

RCC DEFLECTOR
OR STONE SLAB
900 x 600 M.M. COVER
345 1250 1250 1250 1250
GREASE TRAP
900 x 600 M.M. COVER
150 M.M. THICK

INFLOW PIPE R.C.C. SLAB
900 x 600 M.M. COVER 900 x 600 M.M. COVER
SCREEN ( 25MM OPENING ) RCC SLAB AS PER
120
STRUCTURE DESIGN
GROUND LEVEL
4 Nos 300x300 M.M
OPENINGS
VARIABLE DEPTH
2250
MESH
450
500
500 M.M. THICK

BAFFLE WALL COARSE SAND BED
600 x 600 x 100 M.M. ( 1.5 TO 2 MM )
RCC DEFLECTOR
OR STONE SLAB 5000
DE- SILTING CHAMBER
OIL & GREASE CHAMBER
DESSILTING / SETTLING CHAMBER & RECHARGE PIT
Figure 9-3 Diagram of RHW Pits
Noise Environment
9.3.1 Noise Management during Construction Phase:

During the construction stage, expected noise level is in the range of 80-100 dB (A). Hence all the
construction activities shall be carried out during the daytime.
As stated earlier, due to the construction activity undertaken for the project there will be some noise
generation due to the movement of vehicles carrying construction materials and as this is only a
temporary phenomenon, it shall be managed by properly regulating the movement of vehicular traffic
so that the ambient air quality with respect to noise is not adversely affected. All the machinery and
equipments shall be regularly maintained to reduce the noise level.
During the construction stage, noise generated due to demolition and use of batching plant. Temporary
mechanical barriers shall be provided.
DG sets of capacity 500 KVA shall be installed acoustically enclosed with adequate stack height. Noise
barriers shall be installed to reduce traffic noise & vibrations & Green belt shall be developed.
217
To prevent any occupational hazard, ear muff / ear plug shall be given to the workers working around
or operating the plant and machinery emitting high noise levels. Operation of such plant or machinery
shall be strictly prohibited during night hours. Careful planning of machinery operation and scheduling
of operations shall be taken to minimize such impact.
9.3.2 Noise Management during Operation Phase:

The main sources of the noise pollution will be D.G sets. 2x1010 KVA (Existing) and D.G sets of
Capacities 12x 1500 KVA (Proposed) shall be acoustically enclosed, DG sets shall be bought meeting
the norms prescribed by CPCB.
9.3.2.1 Noise & Vibration Control Measures for DG Sets

 DG sets shall be installed for power backup during power failure. All the D.G sets shall be kept
in acoustically treated room on surface. To meet the emission norms lay down by CPCB and
Residential silencer shall be provided.
 Plantation of trees at the parks and boundary of the campus will also reduce the level of outside
noise.
 No honking zone shall be maintained.
 For vibration control, DG Sets shall be mounted on the Anti-vibration pads to eliminate/limit
the vibrations due to DG sets running.
Insulation of air inlet and outlet points
The sound travels along with air therefore it is necessary to control the travelling sound with the help
of insulated ducts [2” glass wool pads and perforated sheets] and louvers at inlet and outlet air points.
The ducts have S-type shape to prevent any direct escape of noise.
Insulated service door
The maintenance and servicing of D.G. set is done using a suitable service door of 5’ x 7’ size. The
door is made of MS sheet and frames fully insulated with 3” thick glass wool pad followed by perforated
aluminium sheets.
218
ANTI-VIBRATION PADS
Figure 9-4; Anti-vibration pads
LAYOUT PLAN OF D.G SET ROOM
Figure 9-5; LAYOUT PLAN OF DG SET ROOM
219
DESIGNING OF CANOPY OF DG SETS
Figure 9-6 Designing of Canopy of DG sets
9.3.2.2 Specification of D.G set:

 The DG sets are smaller and lighter than any other DG set in its class, thus uses less space.
 The DG sets are manufactured with the lowest noise levels in its range and are CPCB
certified for emissions compliance, thus are environment friendly.
 Engine and alternator are mounted on a common MS fabricated base frame with AVM
pads. Hence generate minimum vibrations.
 Fuel tank suitable for 8 hours of operation.
 Engine: diesel generating sets, are radiator cooled, four stroke and multi-cylinder
conforming to BS 5514/ISO 3046
220
Parking Management:
9.4.1 Parking Requirement:
PARKING required
Total FAR achieved 217802.5 Sq. m

Parking Required (2
ECS/100 sqm) 4233ECS
Table 9-4; Parking Requirement
9.4.2 Parking Provision:

Parking provision Total Area Service Area Net Parking Area Provision (ECS)
(sqm)
(sqm) (sqm)
Basement 1 11104 Sq m 5661.91 sqm 16765.91 sqm 347 ECS
Basement 2 19616 Sqm 3178.19 sqm 22794.19 sqm 613 ECS

Basement 3 26592 Sqm 1586.95 sqm 28178.95 sqm 831 ECS
28178.95Sqm 0 28178.95 sqm
Basement 4 2664 ECS
Surface Parking 552.30 Sq. m - - 22 ECS
MLCP (7 level @ 60 - -
ECS per floor) 456 ECS
Total 95918.0 sqm 4933 ECS
Table 9-5; Parking Provision
Waste Management
9.5.1 During Construction Phase:

Debris will be the only wastes generated due to construction material. Approx. 120 Kg/day of Municipal
Solid Waste generated from temporary labours shall be disposed off as per Municipal Solid Waste
Handling norms. Used oil whenever generated from the DG sets shall be kept in an isolated area and in
leak proof container and shall be sent to approved recycler.
221
Construction & Demolition waste will be generated at proposed site. Construction. Debris will be used
for levelling of low lying areas within the site. Demolition was shall be stacked properly and covered
under tarpaulin cover. The demolition was shall be managed as C& D Rules. Green belt of 16614.47
Sq. m will be done to add ambience to the area and reduce any negative impact to the environment,
significantly.
9.5.1.1 Soil Management:

During the construction, soil excavation will be approx. 399943.65 cubic meters. This soil will be
stacked properly under tarpaulin cover. The top soil will be stored and will be used for landscaping
purposes. Excavated soil will be used for backfilling and excess soil will be given for use in govt.
projects. These materials will be transported to the site/ from the site by trucks.
9.5.2 During Operation Phase:
9.5.2.1 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT:
The solid waste will be generated from residents, institutes, hospital, etc. It will be segregated at
individual levels. They will be kept in different colour coded bins. The bins will be emptied into the
main bins of the project. The organic waste will be treated in organic waste converter within the project
area. The recyclable waste will be given to the recycler. The management shall engage a vendor, who
will carry this recyclable waste to the recycler for recycling.
Table 9-6; Solid Waste Generated

Total Waste
Type of Colour after
Category Disposal Method
Waste of Bins expansion
(Kg/day)
Organic Green Bio The waste will be treated in 5006
Waste Degradable Organic waste converter
proposed within site & the
manure will be used in
farming purposes.
Recyclable Blue Recyclable Recycler 1787
Items
Plastic Blue Recyclable Recycler 322
waste
Total 7151 Kg/day
222
Specification of Organic Waste Convertor:
Biodegradable Batch Curing Time Taken No of Batch

Waste Capacity Capacity
5006 kg/day 170/batch 200 kg/day Machine Time= 7 batch/day for each organic
15-20 m waste convertor.
Total Time= 1 hr
Model No. No. of OWC provision Capacity per Batch Power Dimension (LXWXH)
OWC-500 3 No 170 kg/Batch 16 HP 2.03m X 1.37m X 1.65 m
Number of Organic waste converter= 3 No.
• Motor Capacity= 16 HP
• Volume of the waste =2.18 cum
• Capacity of curing for 10 days= 21.8 cum
• Space for Curing (assuming 0.3m tray height) = 72.66 m2
• Space for 3 no of Organic waste converter= 2.03 m x1.37 m= 2.78 m2 x 3 = 8.34 m2
• Total Area required for storage and management of solid waste= 81 m2
• Total area Provided for storage and management of solid waste= 200 m2
9.5.2.2 HAZARDOUS WASTES:

Hazardous waste is a waste with properties that make it dangerous or potentially harmful to human
health or the environment. The universe of hazardous wastes is large and diverse. Hazardous wastes
can be liquids, solids, contained gases, or sledges. They can be the by-products of manufacturing
processes or simply discarded commercial products, like cleaning fluids or pesticides. All hazardous
wastes are required to be treated and disposed off in the prescribed manner. The main objective is to
promote safe management and use of hazardous substances including hazardous chemicals and
hazardous wastes, in order to avoid damage to health and environment.
223
Type of Colors
Category Disposal Method Total Waste
Waste of Bins
Waste shall be collected in leak
proof containers at isolated place
and then it will be given to
Black approved recycler of Central
Used Hazardous
With Pollution control Board as per 171 Litre/month
Oil Waste
Label Hazardous Wastes
(Management, Handling and
Transboundary Movement)
Rules, 2016
Table 9-7; Used Oil Management details
Other hazardous wastes like hazardous chemical waste & ETP sludge shall be collected in an isolated
place & shall be handled as per Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary
Movement) Rules, 2016.
9.5.2.3 E-WASTE MANAGEMENT:

Type of Colors
Category Disposal Method Total Waste
Waste of Bins
It will be collected and given to approved
Black
Hazardous recycler of State Pollution Control Board
Electronic With 2 kg/month
Waste as per Electronic Wastes (Management
Label
&Handling) Rules, 2016.
Table 9-8; E-waste Management details
9.5.2.4 BIO-MEDICAL WASTE MANAGEMENT
Type of Waste Disposal Method Total quantity of Biomedical waste

generated
(Kg/day)
IPD, OPD, ICU & day Approved Biomedical Waste 788 kg/day
care wards Service Provider.
Total 788 kg/day
Table 9-9; Biomedical waste management
9.5.2.5 RADIOACTIVE WASTE

Radioactive waste will be generated once in a while due to the oncology department, which shall be
kept in highly leak proof & restricted area and it shall be disposed as per the applicable norms.
9.5.2.6 STP SLUDGE

About 128 Kg / day dried sludge will be generated from STP within hospital after expansion. The sludge
will be passed through filter press where it will be dewatered/ dried & form a cake and then will be
used as manure in green areas and excess will be given to farmers/ nurseries.
224
Plantation
Few species of trees already exist at site which are: Kikar is abundantly found, followed by the Babul,
Ber, Bamboo etc. List of trees/ shrubs found in the core zone are given in table given below and Girth
of these small trees are within 10cm-15cm. Construction will be done with minimum clearance of the
vegetation present.
S.No. Botanical name Common Name

TREES/ SHRUBS
1. Acacia nilotica Babool
2. Bambusa vulgaris Bamboo
3. Prosopis juliflora Kikar
4. Zizyphus jujube Ber
5. Rumex hastatus Churki
GRASS
6. Cynodon dactylon Doobh
7. Parthenium sp. Congress Grass
Table 9-10: List of Trees onsite
Shelter belt planning will be done with ecological perspectives for the project taking into consideration
and availability of space and other aspects. This will help in increasing the aesthetic effect of the
environment.
Green belt/greenery shall be developed along most of the periphery of the project area as well as along
roads. The trees planted shall be of adequate height. Any trees that do not survive shall be replaced.
The plantation/greenery programme will be completed, simultaneously along with the project. Total
Green area developed within the project after expansion will be 16614.47 sq m (28.5 % of plot area).
Total No of trees required = Net plot area/80

= 58105.9/80
= 726 trees/ Shrubs
No of trees to be cut = 110 trees (Permission of the same shall be taken from forest department
Total No of trees proposed = 750 trees
225
9.6.1 SPECIES TO BE PLANTED
Proposed Trees to be planted
S. No. Botanical Name Common Name
1. Terminalia arjuna Arjuna
2. Tecomella undulata Desert teak roheda
4. Plumeria alba Safed champa
5. Memosops elangi Maulsari
6. Pterospermum acerifolium Kanak Champa
8. Saraca asoka Sita Ashoka
9. Roystonea regia Royal palm
10. Veitchia nerrilli Foxtail plam
11. Schelichera oleosa Kusum
12. Ficus benjamina Fig
13. Grevillea robusta Silver oak
14. Cassia fistula Amaltas
16. Ficus religiosa peepal
17. Syzygium cumini Jamun
The following characteristics are taken into consideration while selecting plant species for green belt
development and tree plantation.
 They are fast growing and tall trees.
 They are perennial and evergreen.
 They have thick canopy cover
 They have large leaf area index.
Since tree trunks are devoid of foliage, scrub should form there to give coverage to the trunks. The trees
maintain the regional ecological balance and conform to soil and hydrological conditions. Indigenous
species would be preferred.
9.6.2 PLANTATION PROGRAMME LAYOUT

Plantation in the project area helps to arrest the particulate matter in the area and hence attenuate the
pollution to a great extent and contribute positively to the environment. The trees also help in
maintenance of regional ecological balance and conform to soil and hydrological conditions.
Indigenous species are preferred for the purpose.
226
Environment Management Cost
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
S. No Description Capital Cost

(Rs. in Lacs)
1 Landscaping 220.0
2 STP/ Waste water treatment 1000.0
3 ETP / Waste water treatment 200.0
4 Rain Water Recharge pit 30.0
5 Acoustic Treatment & stack 100
6 Waste Management 120
7 Miscellaneous 10.0
Total Rs. 1680 Lacs
Table 9-11; Capital Expenditure
RECURRING EXPENDITURE
S. No Description Cost
( Rs. in Lacs/ Year)
1 Landscaping 30.0
2 Water Management(STP ) 20.0
3 Water Management(ETP ) 5.0
4 Air Management 6.0
5 Environmental Monitoring 1.64
6 Waste Management 10.0
7 Misc. 5.0
Total Rs. 77.64 Lacs/ year

Table 9-12; Recurring Expenditure
227
Environment Management Team- Roles & Responsibilities
Role Responsibilities
Environment/ Administrative Officer To coordinate & head all the sub in-
charges of the Environment
Management Team.
He shall be responsible for

implementation of Conditions as
stipulated in Environmental Clearance
in coordination with the sub in-charges
of the team.
Maintenance In-charge To coordinate & head the maintenance

personnel who look after any
mechanical or technical faults in the
waste management units of the project.
Air management In-charge He will coordinate with the Air

management team & will deal with the
problems with DG stacks & other air
pollution problems.
Water management In- charge He will look after the waste water
treatment systems & Rain water
harvesting systems.
Waste management In-charge He will deal with the waste collection

personnel & the disposal team.
His responsibility is to keep technical

checks for the waste treatment
technology used in the project.
EHS Engineer He will deal with the Health & safety of

the personnel working in the project.
He shall coordinate with the Disaster

management team to impart trainings &
mock drills to the staff.
228
The Environment Management Cell is given in figure 6-17.
Administrative Officer
(Environment Officer)
Maintenance In Charge Water Management In- Waste Management In Air Management In Health & safety In
charge charge charge charge
Maintenance persons
Collection Process & DG Set maintenance
STP Person RWH Person disposal team persons
Table 9-13: Environment Management Cell Structure
HEALTH, SAFETY & OCCUPATIONAL MEASURES
9.9.1 During Construction Period:
9.9.1.1 WELFARE:
Provision of Health and Welfare Facilities will be provided to the labourers to be engaged in land
preparation and building construction at the entire cycle activities of the project such as:
– Provision of drinking water from an approved source.

– Provision of latrines and urinals and accommodation as per the rules and their drainage and disposal
treatment.
– Provision of medical and first aid treatment.
– Facilities for sitting, shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms, crèches, canteen etc.
– Provision of Day working hours.
9.9.1.2 SAFETY:
Provision of mitigation measures regarding the Health and Safety will be made to the workers employed
or proposed to be employed in the entire cycle activities of the project.
– Measures for first aid, fire-fighting and premises evacuation.
– Necessary contacts with appropriate emergency services (first aid, emergency, medical care, rescue
work and fire-fighting).
– Safety helmets, belts and slings, nets.
– Properly braced scaffoldings.
– Properly laid electrical cables and connections.
229
– Fencing of moving parts of the transmission machinery.
– Restriction of lifting and excessive weight material.
– Framing of Health and Safety Policy, On Site Emergency Plan.
– Illumination of passages, ways, stairs, roads excavation and basement work.
– Stacking of building materials, debris and their disposal.
– Means of communications, signals, warning, signboards and barricades at the construction site.
Necessary contacts with appropriate emergency services (first aid, emergency, medical care, rescue
work and fire-fighting).
9.9.1.3 Mitigation Measures for Handling of Construction Materials:

– Separate raw material yard will be made. Cement will be separately stored under cover in bales.
– Sand will be stacked nearby under tarpaulin cover.
– To minimize the occupational health hazard, proper mask shall be provided to the workers who
will be engaged in dust generation activity.
9.9.2 During Operational Period:

1) All Fire and Explosion Hazards of the project and all possible sources of fire hazards and fire
mitigation measures shall be noted. All the standards, codes & legal requirements of line
diagram for fire protection systems including fire water supply, storage of water, overhead water
tanks, underground water tanks and their capacity, water sprinkling system (moveable,
stationary) shall be fulfilled. Emergency exits, fire ladders, fire protective clothing and
equipments like helmets, safety belts, safety ladders, safety boots and goggles, fire suits, cranes
used for firefighting and for the rescue of the people in case of fire in multi-storeyed buildings
and others shall be provided.
2) Measures shall be taken to identify the Electrical Environment Impacts (Hazards) arising during
the land preparation for use, building construction operation, and the entire cycle activities of
the project and proper mitigation measures shall be adopted. The location of transformers, earth
pits, electric panels, boards and distribution of power from power house or generator
house/switch room, cable network shall be carefully monitored. All the standards, codes or legal
requirements required to be adopted during the installation of electrical equipments, appliances,
electric/ battery heating/ cooling appliances/ plant distribution lines/ cables network, switch
boards, circuits, earthing/ bounding, earth pits, lightning arrestors and protective equipments
and clothing’s shall be carefully fulfilled.
230
3) Proper Coordination with Local Municipal Fire Brigade, police, health surveillances (To treat
the effected person in fire) shall be maintained. Proper Fire Management System shall be
installed with time schedule giving how far is the fire station and how long it takes to reach the
building. Provision of Training programme & mock drill shall be made at regular intervals.
4) Environment Management Plan shall be prepared with Emergency Procedures (Emergency
Plan) to deal with localized fire and electrical hazards and hazards due to natural calamities at
the entire cycle of the activities of the project. Provision of the communication systems to call
to help and assistance from nearby building complexes bodies and other external authorities like
district authority, fire services, police services, medical services, civil and defense services etc.
shall be provided.
231
Chapter 10: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
On the basis of information provided by the Project proponent M/s Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research
Center for Medical Sciences and the other data procured from the Government Agencies, Census
Report, IMD etc., and the data generated by M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd. and analysis of generated
information generated by M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd., the following generalized conclusions can
be drawn:
The proposed project “Expansion of the Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical
Sciences is located at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi. As this project was constructed before
the EIA Notification 2006. Therefore, Environmental Clearance was not obtained for the Earlier Phase.
The hospital shall be developed by Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences.
The total plot area of the hospital is 60724.9 Sqm and total built-up area after expansion will be is
400865.9 Sqm. Hence, it falls under category ‘A’ under Schedule 8 (b) of the EIA notification, 2006.
It is an Expansion of already existing hospital building. At present, Hospital is operational. For proposed
expansion, new blocks on existing land shall be constructed.
The proposed expansion of “Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for Medical Sciences” will
provide medical facilities of highest standards. It will increase infrastructure of the area & will provide
quality Medical Facilities.
Total water requirement for proposed project after expansion shall be 3505 KLD as per detailed below
and shall be met by Ground water with prior permission from Delhi Jal Board. Water shall be used
mainly for domestic, flushing, Gardening, Cooling, Lab & OT, & miscellaneous purposes. Total
quantity of wastewater generation shall be 1861 KLD & 200 from ETP. The generated sewage shall be
treated in 2 STP each of 1200 KLD capacity and 200 KLD from Lab & OT shall be treated in 2 ETP
each of 180 KLD capacity. The treated water generation from STP will be 1768 KLD out of which
1696 KLD shall be reused for flushing, Cooling, gardening and misc. purposes and excess 72 KLD
shall be discharged to sewer. The treated water generation from ETP will be 190 KLD which will be
14 number of rain water collection pits shall be proposed for the project after expansion (3 no of RWH
existing & 11 no of pits shall be constructed for proposed expansion).
For 37718 persons, around 7151 kg/day solid waste will be generated from the project. 5006 kg/ day
Biodegradable waste from the complex shall be treated in organic waste converter proposed within site
and non- biodegradable waste of 1787 Kg/day and plastic waste of 358 Kg/day shall be given to
approve vendor/recycler. Total Biomedical waste generated from the project will be 788 Kg/day.
232
The total electric load of the project will be 11377 KW of electric load from BSES Rajdhani Limited.
In case of power failure, power backup will be provided through 2 x 1010 KVA (Existing) 12 x 1500
KVA (Proposed) no of DG sets of various capacity shall be installed with proper stack height. Hence,
to avoid the emissions, stack height of 6 m above roof level for each D.G. sets shall be maintained. DG
sets shall meet all the norms prescribed by CPCB.
Parking requirement for the proposed project is 4233 ECS thus adequate provision will be kept for car
parking. As per norms Total Parking provision after expansion of 4933 ECS shall be provided.
Total Green area within the proposed project after expansion will be 16614.47 sq m (30.05 % of plot
area).
233
Chapter 11: DISCLOSURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT
Disclosure
of
Environmental Consultant
Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd.

501 – 507, 5thFloor, Front Wing, NN Mall
Sector- 3, Rohini, New Delhi - 110085
Phone: +91-11-47528467/47021086/65280483
Fax: +91-11-47528434
234
About Environmental Consultant
 INTRODUCTION:
Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd, established by experienced environmental and related experts,
provides specialized services in the field of Environment and Pollution Control for all types of
Industrial, Construction, Nuclear Sciences, Bio-diversity Mining, Aerial Ropeway and other
related fields. Our transparent and professional approach, commitment to excellent quality and
service, timely deliveries have contributed to create a name in the field of environment. We have
a core group of highly qualified experts from various fields like Environment, Forestry, Chemistry,
Civil Engineering, Geology, Social Sciences, Electronics and Telecommunication with rich and
diversified experience in the field of environment and pollution control.
Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd is headed by Mr. Praveen Bhargava, Managing Director who has
an experience of 27 years in the field of Environment and Mrs. Rachna Bhargava, Director & C.E.O,
who has an experience of 21 years in the field of Environment.
Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd management, experience, excellence, professionalism and
ultimate satisfaction has helped in achieving the heights of success in their specialized field of
environment.
 ACCREDIATATIONS OBTAINED:
 ISO-9001:2015 Certification
 ISO-14001:2015 Certification
 QCI – NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organization
235
 KEY PERSONS:
S.
Brief Description of Key Persons (NABET Approved)
No
Mr. Praveen Bhargava is M. Phil in Chemistry, M. Sc in Inorganic Chemistry, P.G.
Diploma in Ecology & Environment with overall experience of more than 27 years
and currently the Director & Technical Head of Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Mrs. Rachna Bhargava, M. Sc in Environmental Science, M. Sc in Mathematics &

MA in Geography having more than 21 years of experience in the field of
Environment is the Head / Team Leader of EIA Preparation Team. She is also a
certified Advance EMS Auditor (ISO-14001:2004) & Laboratory Management &
Internal Auditor (ISO 17025:2005) from CII and had undergone Training program
on EIA, SIA, Air Dispersion Modelling, Air Quality, CSR, Advanced Training
Programme on Green Building Rating System, etc.
Mr. Santosh Pant is M. Tech in Applied Geology having an overall experience of
more than 39 years in the field of Hydrology, Geology, Mining, GIS based Landuse
& Env.
Mr. U.S. Pandey is B. Sc Engineering (Mining) from Banaras Hindu University (BHU
having more than 43 years of experience in the field of Mining & Mineral
Beneficiation
Mr. Nipun Bhargava is Masters in Chemical Engineering with experience in the

Field of Environment, Laboratory, Chemical Testing and analysis.
The EIA report of the project “Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital and
Research Center for Medical Sciences” at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi-
110017 being developed by M/s. Gujarmal Modi Hospital and Research Center for
Medical Sciences has been prepared by M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
 Team (EIA Coordinators, FAEs, AFAEs & Team Members ) involved in the
Project:
 EIA Coordinators: Mrs. Rachna Bhargava

 Assistant to EIA Coordinator: Sujitha Kumari
 Team :

Functional
Approved FAE Approved FAA Team Members
Area
LU Manoj Pant *** ***
AQ Nipun Bhargava *** ***
AP Akshay Chauhan Latika Sehgal ***
WP Neha Aggarwal *** ***
Dr. Purba ***

EB
Chatterji ***
Rachna
SE Manoj Pant
Bhargava ***
Partho
NV ***
Mukherjee Urvi Pritam
Rajneesh
GEO ***
Maurya Anand Singh
Rajneesh
HG
Santosh Pant Anand Singh Maurya
237
Chandra
SC ***
Rachna Dogra Shekhar
RH Nipun Bhargava Akshay Chauhan
Praveen
SHW
Bhargava ***
238
Enclosure 5: TOR LETTER
236
238
No.21-124/2017-IA-III
Goverment of India
Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change
Impact Assessment Division
***
Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,
Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003
02 Jun 2017
To,
M/s GUJARMAL MODI HOSPITAL AND RESEARCH CENTER FOR MEDICAL SCIENCES
Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi,
South-110017
Delhi
Tel.No.011-71211253; Email:[email protected]
Sir/Madam,
This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest
and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA
study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of
the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the
prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are
given below:
1. Proposal No.: IA/DL/NCP/63681/2017
“Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital &

2. Name of the Proposal:
New Construction Projects and Industrial

3. Category of the Proposal:
Estates
4. Project/Activity applied for: 8(b) Townships and Area Development

projects.
5. Date of submission for TOR: 01 Apr 2017
In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR
for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment
management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation
as follows:
239
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/
ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
8(b): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR TOWNSHIP/
AREA DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS INFORMATION TO BE
INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT
1) Examine details of land use as per Master Plan and land use around 10 km radius of the project site.
Analysis should be made based on latest satellite imagery for land use with raw images.
2) Submit details of environmentally sensitive places, land acquisition status, rehabilitation of
communities/ villages and present status of such activities.
3) Examine baseline environmental quality along with projected incremental load due to the project.
4) Environmental data to be considered in relation to the project development would be (a) land, (b)
groundwater, (c) surface water, (d) air, (e) bio-diversity, (f) noise and vibrations, (g) socio economic
and health.
5) Submit a copy of the contour plan with slopes, drainage pattern of the site and surrounding area.
6) Submit the details of the trees to be felled for the project.
7) Submit the present land use and permission required for any conversion such as forest, agriculture
etc.
8) Submit Roles and responsibility of the developer etc for compliance of environmental regulations
under the provisions of EP Act.
9) Ground water classification as per the Central Ground Water Authority.
10) Examine the details of Source of water, water requirement, use of treated waste water and prepare
a water balance chart.
11) Rain water harvesting proposals should be made with due safeguards for ground water quality.
Maximize recycling of water and utilization of rain water. Examine details.
12) Examine soil characteristics and depth of ground water table for rainwater harvesting.
13) Examine details of solid waste generation treatment and its disposal.
14) Examine and submit details of use of solar energy and alternative source of energy to reduce the
fossil energy consumption.
15) DG sets are likely to be used during construction and operational phase of the project. Emissions
from DG sets must be taken into consideration while estimating the impacts on air environment.
Examine and submit details.
16) Examine road/rail connectivity to the project site and impact on the traffic due to the proposed
project. Present and future traffic and transport facilities for the region should be analysed with
measures for preventing traffic congestion and providing faster trouble free system to reach different
destinations in the city.
240
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR
PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
17) A detailed traffic and transportation study should be made for existing and projected passenger and
cargo traffic.
18) Examine the details of transport of materials for construction which should include source and
availability.
19) Examine separately the details for construction and operation phases both for Environmental
Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan with cost and parameters.
20) Submit details of a comprehensive Disaster Management Plan including emergency evacuation
during natural and man-made disaster.
*****
241
Enclosure 6: LAND PAPERS
237
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
Enclosure 7: TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP
238
263
Enclosure 8: SITE LAYOUT PLAN
239
265
LAYOUT PLAN
Proposed
building
EXISTING
BUILDING
TO BE
DEMOLISED
EXTENSION
OF EXISTING
BUILDINGS
N
Enclosure 9: CONSENT TO ESTABLISH
240
267
Enclosure 10: CONSENT TO OPERATE
241
269
Enclosure 11: HSD License
242
272
273
274
275
Enclosure 12: SERVICE PLAN
243
276
277
Enclosure 13: LANDSCAPE PLAN
244
278
279
Enclosure 14: AIR DISPERSION REPORT
245
280
IMPACT PREDICTION OF NON-POINT EMISSION
ON AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
For
“Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital &

At
Developed By
Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Center for
Medical Sciences.
Prepared BY:
M/s PERFACT ENVIRO SOLUTIONS PVT. LTD.
502 -507 NN MALL, SECTOR 3 ROHINI
NEW DELHI – 110085
PH : 011 – 47528467
FAX : 011 – 47528434
281
INTRODUCTION
The ambient air quality Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of the area near any project is impacted
due to air pollution sources in the project. The air pollution sources are of two types:
• Point Sources – Chimneys/ Stacks/ ducts/ Vents

• Non-Point Sources – Vehicles, machinery, blasting, drilling etc.
The emissions from these sources spread or disperse in the air and cause increase in the pollution
level in ambient air. This causes an increase in Ground Level Concentration (GLC). This increase in GLC
can be predicted for proposed project using Air Dispersion Modelling. In this study, AERMOD
developed by Lakes Environmental Inc. is used to calculate incremental Ground Level concentrations
(GLC) for the proposed sources of air pollution in the current expansion, for Particulate emissions,
Gaseous emissions (NOx & SO2).
METHODOLOGY
For Air Dispersion Modelling following methodology shall be used:
Modelling Procedure
AERMOD uses Gaussian plume dispersion modelling parameters, the generalised equation is given
below:
𝑸 𝟏 𝒀𝟐 𝟏 (𝒛 − 𝒉𝟐 ) 𝟏 (𝒛 + 𝒉𝟐 )
𝒄= 𝒆𝒙𝒑 (− ) {𝒆𝒙𝒑 [− ] + 𝒆𝒙𝒑 [− ]}
𝟐𝝅𝒖𝝈𝒚𝝈𝒛 𝟐 𝝈𝟐 𝒚 𝟐 𝝈𝟐 𝒛 𝟐 𝝈𝟐 𝒛
Where
c = concentration at a given point (g/m3)
Q = emission rate (g/s)
u = wind speed (m/s)
σy = dispersion parameter in the horizontal (lateral) direction (m)
σz = dispersion parameter in the vertical direction (m)
x = direction of the wind (x = 0 at the source; x > 0 downwind).
y = horizontal direction perpendicular to the wind (y = 0 at the center of the plume; positive on your
left when you look downwind).
z = vertical direction (z = 0 at the surface and positive above the surface).
As well as the effective source height h. They all have meters as units.
Plume Rise
Plume rise h has been determined according to Brigg’s formula (CPCB guideline)
282
h = 21.425 F3 4 for F<55
Us
and
h = 38.71 F3 5 for F>55
Us
F = g VsD2(Ts-Ta)/4Ts
Where
Us = wind speed at stack level (m/s)
Vs = stack gas velocity (m/s)
Ts = stack gas temperature (K)
Ta = ambient temperature (K)
F = Buoyancy flux parameter (m4/s3)
h = Plume rise (m)
D = Diameter of the stack (m)
g = acceleration due to gravity, 9.807 (m/s2)
Extrapolation of Wind Speed

Wind speed at stack level is calculated by power law as given below.
Ustack = U10(Stack height/10)p
Where U10 is the wind speed at 10 meter level and p is the power law coefficient (0.07, 0.07, 0.10,
0.15, 0.35 and 0.55 for stability classes A,B,C,D,E and F respectively) as per Irwin for rural areas (USEPA,
1987).
Stability Classification
Hourly stability is determined by wind direction fluctuation method as suggested by Slade (1965) and
recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-1998).
 = Wdr/6
, is standard deviation of wind direction fluctuation, Wdr is the overall wind direction fluctuation or
width of the wind direction in degrees. The table for stability classes is given as under.
Stability Class  (degree)
A > 22.5
B 22.4 – 17.5
C 17.4 – 12.5
283
D 12.4 – 7.5
E 7.4 – 3.5
F < 3.5
Dispersion Parameters
Dispersion parameters y and z for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are used as the project is
located on a flat terrain in a rural area. Atmospheric dispersion coefficients vary with downwind
distance (x) from emission sources for different atmospheric stability conditions. (CPCB –
PROBES/70/1997-98).
Rural Conditions
Stability Class y z
A 0.22x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.20x
B 0.16x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.12x
C 0.11x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.08x(1+0.0002x).5
D 0.08x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.06(1+0.0015x).5
E 0.06x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.03x(1+0.0003x)-1
F 0.04x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.16x(1+0.0003x)-1
INPUT DATA
Point Sources:
A Table showing all the sources of Air Pollution (Incremental i.e. Proposed due to the proposed
project) are given; other air pollutions sources have not been considered in the model because their
impact has been already incorporated in baseline concentrations (Onsite and Buffer zone). Proposed
project will have 12x 1500 KVA & 2 x 1010 KVA.
The emission factors have been calculated using the experimental/ practically computed (As per
USEPA).
Stack Diameter Height Temperature Flow PM10 PM2.5 NOx SO2 Remarks
Name (m) of of stack (K) (m3/s) emission emission emission emission
stack Rate Rate rate rate
from (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
ground
(m)
12 x 0.60 51 727 3.84 0.050 0.020 0.228 0.18 DG

1500 operates
KVA only 2Hr
Average
per day
2 x 1010 0.50 51 799 3.04 0.034 0.013 0.228 0.12 DG

KVA operates
only 2Hr
Average
per day
Non-Point Source:
Non-Point sources will be vehicular movement on Approach road
Length of Sector road – 13 m
Emission Rate of PM = 0.050 g/s
284
Emission Rate of PM2.5 = 0.020 g/s
Emission Rate of NOx = 0.228 g/s
Meteorological Data
Hourly meteorological data project site for period of one season (March 2017-May 2017) in respect
of wind speed, wind direction, temperature and cloud amount are utilized in this study which were
collected by M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt Ltd. Mean mixing heights for each hour for region are
extracted from the IMD data and AERMOD Upper air estimator data. These data are used in air quality
modelling software.
Ambient Air Quality Standards and Background Concentrations

Ambient air quality standards promulgated by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for different
areas are as follows:
S. No Pollutant Time Weighted Concentration in Ambient Air
3
µg/m Average Industrial, Residential, Ecologically Sensitive
Rural and Other Area Area(Notified by Central
Government)
1. Sulphur Dioxide(SO2), Annual* 50 20
24 hours** 80 80
2. Nitrogen Annual* 40 30
Dioxide(NO2), 24 hours** 80 80
3. Particulate Matter Annual* 60 60
(size less than 10µm) 24 hours** 100 100
or PM10
4. Particulate Matter Annual* 40 40
(size less than 2.5µm) 24 hours** 60 60
or PM2.5
*Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at particular site taken twice a
week 24 hourly at uniform intervals**24 hours monitored values, shall be compiled with 98% of the
time in a year, 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of the
morning. The above standards are for a sampling period of 24 hours.
Station Location Mean Mean Mean Mean

No. Baseline Baseline Baseline Baseline
Values for Values for Values for Values for
PM10 in PM2.5 in SO2µg/m3 NOx
µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3
1 Onsite (West) 212.6 89.6 17.3 34.9
2 Onsite (East) 204.4 86.1 16.6 33.5
285
3 Katwaria Sarai 228.9 96.5 18.6 37.6
4 Khanpur 249.4 105.1 20.3 40.9
5 Mehrauli 220.8 93.0 18.0 36.0
6 Alaknanda 239.2 100.8 19.5 39.2
Plan and Frame Work of Computations

Selection of Locations
The locations have been selected around project site covering an area of 10 km radius from the centre
of the project site. The entire area has been put on grid network and grid spacing has been taken as
500 m.
Plan of Computation
The emission rate, dispersion coefficients and other input data being now available; it was planned to
compute the following:
- The 24-hourly averaged incremental concentration with hourly data.
- The identification of grid point having peak concentration for the incremental values.
- Preparation of isopleths of for various pollutants.
MODEL OUTPUT FILES

AERMOD OUTPUT ISOPLETH FOR PM2.5 DISPERSION
286
AERMOD OUTPUT ISOPLETH FOR PM10 DISPERSION
287
AERMOD OUTPUT ISOPLETH FOR NOx DISPERSION
288
AERMOD OUTPUT ISOPLETH FOR SO2 DISPERSION
289
RESULT AND DISCUSSIONS
PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR IMPACT OF PM2.5
With available ambient air quality data and incremental concentrations computed through
mathematical modelling the following post project ambient air quality has been predicted. The
maximum GLC for PM2.5 modelling will be 0.540 g/m3.
Table Showing Village PM2.5 Dispersion Results:
Location Background Predicted Incremental Post Project Air NAAQS

Concentration Concentration PM2.5 Quality PM2.5 (g/m3)
PM2.5 (g/m3) (g/m3) DG Sets (g/m3) DG Sets
DG Sets
Onsite (West) 89.6 0.52 90.12 60
Onsite (East) 86.1 0.50 86.6 60
Katwaria Sarai 96.5 0.30 96.8 60
Khanpur 105.1 0.12 105.2 60
Mehrauli 93.0 0.10 93.1 60
Alaknanda 100.8 0.09 100.9 60
PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR IMPACT OF PM10

mathematical modelling the following post project ambient air quality has been predicted. The
maximum GLC for PM10 modelling will be 0.706 g/m3.
Table Showing Village PM10 Dispersion Results:

Concentration Concentration PM10 Quality PM10 (g/m3)
PM10 (g/m3) (g/m3) (g/m3)
Onsite (West) 212.6 0.706 213.3 100
Onsite (East) 204.4 0.700 205.1 100
Katwaria Sarai 228.9 0.100 229.0 100
Khanpur 249.4 0.03 249.4 100
Mehrauli 220.8 0.02 220.8 100
Alaknanda 239.2 0.02 239.2 100
290
PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR IMPACT OF NOx
mathematical modelling (Gaussian Plume) the following post project ambient air quality has been
predicted. The maximum GLC for NOx modelling will be 2.20 g/m3 which would be on road.
Location Background Predicted Incremental Post Project NAAQS

Concentration Concentration NOX Air Quality (g/m3)
NOX (g/m3) (g/m3) NOX (g/m3)
Onsite (West) 34.9 2.20 80
37.1
Onsite (East) 33.5 2.1 80
24.59
Katwaria Sarai 37.6 0.20 80
37.8
Khanpur 40.9 0.22 80
41.12
Mehrauli 36.0 0.51 80
36.51
Alaknanda 39.2 0.50 80
39.7
PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR IMPACT OF SO2

mathematical modelling (Gaussian Plume) the following post project ambient air quality has been
predicted. The maximum GLC for SO2 modelling will be 0.220 g/m3.

Concentration Concentration SO2 Quality SO2 (g/m3)
SO2 (g/m3) (g/m3) (g/m3)
Onsite (West) 17.3 0.102 17.40 80
Onsite (East) 16.6 0.100 16.7 80
Katwaria Sarai 18.6 0.050 18.6 80
Khanpur 20.3 0.051 20.3 80
Mehrauli 18.0 0.010 18.0 80
Alaknanda 19.5 0.005 19.5 80
DATA INTERPRETATION
From the results generated by AERMOD in form of Isopleth and results of same in table above show
that maximum GLC of PM10/ PM2.5/SO2/NOX after commencement of project does not have a
significant impact on environment/ ambient air quality on sensitive receptors of the project.
291
Enclosure 15: TRAFFIC REPORT
246
292
Traffic impact assessment of Gujarmal Modi and Research Centre
for Medical Sciences
,
Traffic Impact Assessment Study for Gujarmal Modi Hospital and Research Centre for Medical Sciences
CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
1.2 Need for study
1.3 Study Objectives
1.4 Scope of Services
1.5 Study Outputs
2.0 DATA COLLECTION

Primary Data
Secondary Data
3.0 DATA ANALYSIS

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND
Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Centre was established in year 1991. Thereafter due to
increase in requirement of beds and space for patients an expansion of existing building has
been proposed at the intersection of pandit Trilok Chand Marg and Mandir Marg.
Both the roads are arterials are designed to carry heavy traffic volumes during peak hours at an
acceptable Level of Service. The addition of traffic from adjacent land uses must not affect the
carrying capacity of these Arterial roads. Also, the traffic on arterial roads must not affect the
access and value of the properties adjacent to the road. This is the essence of Traffic impact
assessment study.
M
M
Mandir Marg
Outer Ring Road
Figure 1: Project location shown on google earth
Latitude 28°31’40.27" N
Longitude 77°12’50.46"E
1.2 NEED FOR STUDY

The project site is likely to add significant number of trips, especially during the peak hours in
addition to the existing traffic. This may lead to conflict with the traffic on the arterial street
outside the site leading to congestion on the access roads emanating from the project site as
well as the arterial road along it. Also, the traffic on the arterial streets may affect the access to
the project, causing delays affect safety, thereby lowering its attractiveness to the users /
residents of the complex. A need exists to examine the likely traffic impact and suggest
mitigating measures to minimize the impact.
1.3 STUDY OBJECTIVES

• To estimate the traffic generated from project site the surrounding road network.
• To identify the impact of generated traffic from site on Level of Service of
approach roads
• To suggest mitigating measures to minimize the traffic impact.
1.4 SCOPE OF SERVICES AND DATA COLLECTION

a) Data Collection and Survey:
The traffic surveys have been conducted for 17 hours to assess travel characteristics of Pandit
Trilok Chand Marg and Mandir Marg. Survey of the roads has been conducted by estimating
the trips generated from project site using parking data and also Estimating the present traffic
densities and parking capabilities.
b) Secondary Data:
• Use the master plan to estimate the trips generated from area within 1 km radius around
the project.
• Statistical data
• Socio economic and Demographic data from District Census Handbook
• Suitable assumptions have also been taken based on experience of consultant with
similar projects.
c) Analysis:
• Appreciation of impact on the Level of Services outside
• Preparation of De-congestion plan which is to be certified and approved by the
State Urban Development and Transport Department.
2. DATA COLLECTION AND SURVEY
A. Secondary Data
As per 2001 Census, NCT of Delhi had a total population of 138 lakh. NCT Delhi is highly
urbanized with 93.18% of its population living in urban areas as against the national average
27.81%. During 1991-2001, the urban population of Delhi increased at 3.87% annual growth
rate. With the continuation of the present population trend, the total population of NCTD by
the year 2011 and 2021 would be 182 lakhs and 225 lakhs respectively. Envisaging a balanced
regional development, the population for the NCTD has been projected as under:
• Population details:
The population assignment stipulated in the regional Plan-2021 for the National Capital region
(NCR) and National Capital Territory of Delhi (NCTD) are as given below:
Table 1: Population Assignment-2021
Area Population
NCR 641.38
NCTD 220-230
Source: NCR Plan-2021
• Population Estimates at Five Year Intervals:

The population estimates for NCTD at five-year intervals are given in the following table:
Table 2: Five Yearly estimates of Projected Population

Year Population (in lakh)
2001 138.0
2006 162.0
2011 182.0
2016 199.0
2021 230.0
Source: Census of India and projections by DDA Sub-Group (MPD-2021)
• Natural Growth and Inmigration:

There has been increase in natural growth from 55.80% in 1981 to 59.21% in 1991 and 60.18%
in 2001 and decrease in the net migrants from 44.20% in 1981 to 40.78% in 1991 and 39.82%
in 2001. However, a reduction in the rate of natural growth and increase in migration between
2001 and 2021 is envisaged in the MPD 2021. The net increase of population in NCT-Delhi is
given below:
Table 3: Population in NCT-Delhi
Year Addition by Natural Increase by Net Increase (in
growth Migration lakh)
1981 12.0 9.52 21.54
(55.8%) (44.2%) (100%)
1991 18.9 13.05 32.0
(59.2%) (40.8%) (100%)
2001 26.66 17.64 44.30
(60.18%) (39.82%) (100%)
2011 24.2 20.0 44.2
(54.8%) (45.2%) (100%)
2021 24.0 24.0 48.0
(50%) (50%) (100%)
Note: Figures in brackets indicate percentage to total net increase
(Source: Census of India and projection by DDA Sub-group (MPD-2021))
• Vehicle Registration Data
Table 4: -Registered motor vehicles in the city
Year Year Year Year

S.No. Class description Total
2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
1 Agricultural Tractor 25 74 82 28 209
2 Ambulance 142 76 73 63 354
3 Bus 1254 1023 702 877 3856
4 Cash Van 0 0 0 36 36
5 Crane Mounted Vehicle 42 21 61 0 124
Educational Institution
6 0 0 0 2 2
Bus
7 e-Rickshaw(P) 0 0 8557 20566 29123
e-Rickshaw with Cart
8 0 0 0 48 48
(G)
9 Fire Fighting Vehicle 0 0 0 9 9
10 Goods Carrier 11465 13824 14944 11503 51736
11 Invalid Carriage 40 60 89 91 280
12 Luxury Cab 363 452 316 126 1257
13 Maxi Cab 1560 1847 1888 879 6174
14 M-Cycle/Scooter 337835 372462 431184 443417 1584898
M-Cycle/Scooter-With
15 26 27 69 70 192
Side Car
16 Mobile Workshop 0 10 8 0 18
17 Moped 5754 6008 4273 5361 21396
18 Motor Cab 5841 9509 24128 26836 66314

19 Motor Car 157789 169813 171520 157513 656635
Motorised Cycle (CC >
20 0 0 2 5 7
25cc)
Private Service Vehicle
21 0 0 3 0 3
(Individual Use)
22 Omni Bus 0 0 0 19 19
23 Recovery Vehicle 5 2 10 31 48
24 Three-Wheeler (Goods) 2325 2647 16014 3921 24907
Three-Wheeler
25 4955 10486 9 9871 25321
(Passenger)
Three-Wheeler
26 4 8 0 3 15
(Personal)
27 Tractor (Commercial) 141 0 0 0 141
Total 529566 588349 673932 681275 2473122
Vehicle Registration Data

500000
450000
400000
350000
300000
250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0
M-Cycle/Scooter-With…
Three Wheeler…
Three Wheeler…
Motorised Cycle (CC >…
Private Service Vehicle…
Educational Institution…
Invalid Carriage
Tractor (Commercial)
Bus
Maxi Cab
Crane Mounted Vehicle
Luxury Cab
e-Rickshaw with Cart (G)
Mobile Workshop
Goods Carrier
Cash Van
e-Rickshaw(P)
Motor Cab
Recovery Vehicle
Fire Fighting Vehicle
M-Cycle/Scooter
Omni Bus
Agricultural Tractor
Ambulance
Moped
Motor Car
Three Wheeler (Goods)
Year Year Year Year

2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
B. Primary Data
• Traffic Survey:
a) Methodology:
To monitor the traffic near the site for 17-hours between 6:00 to 23:00 for 1 day at
Pandit Trilok Chand Sharma Marg and Mandir Marg (Approach Road) connecting from
the site.
b) Study Area: To assess traffic near the site

Road 1: Pandit Trilok Chand Sharma Marg and Mandir Marg (Approach Road)
Road 2: Mandir Marg (Approach Road)
Total Vehicles registered Catg./ Year-wise during 01-apr-2013 to 25-mar-2017

(Excl. NOC taken/ Scarpped Vehicle/ Surrendered RC/ RC Cancellation)
Year Year Year Year

2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
2 Ambulance 142 76 73 63 354
3 Bus 1254 1023 702 877 3856
4 Cash Van 0 0 0 36 36
6 Educational Institution Bus 0 0 0 2 2
7 e-Rickshaw(P) 0 0 8557 20566 29123
8 e-Rickshaw with Cart (G) 0 0 0 48 48
10 Goods Carrier 11465 13824 14944 11503 51736

12 Luxury Cab 363 452 316 126 1257
13 Maxi Cab 1560 1847 1888 879 6174
14 M-Cycle/Scooter 337835 372462 431184 443417 1584898
15 M-Cycle/Scooter-With Side Car 26 27 69 70 192
17 Moped 5754 6008 4273 5361 21396
18 Motor Cab 5841 9509 24128 26836 66314
19 Motor Car 157789 169813 171520 157513 656635
20 Motorised Cycle (CC > 25cc) 0 0 2 5 7
21 Private Service Vehicle (Individual Use) 0 0 3 0 3
22 Omni Bus 0 0 0 19 19
24 Three Wheeler (Goods) 2325 2647 16014 3921 24907
25 Three Wheeler (Passenger) 4955 10486 9 9871 25321
26 Three Wheeler (Personal) 4 8 0 3 15
28 sum 529566 588349 673932 681275 2473122
Figure 4: Map showing locations of traffic survey

1 Car 1
2 Two-wheeler 0.5
3 Private bus 2.2
4 Auto 1.2
5 LCV 2
3. DATA ANALYSIS:
Step 1: (to assess traffic near the site)
Traffic near the site was monitored for 17-hours between 6:00 to 23:00 at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg and approach road (Mandir Marg) connecting
from the site.
Table 9: Traffic Analysis: Approach Road, Mandir Marg
Hours Baseline
Baseline Capacity of
Car Bus/Truck Two-Wheeler Others/Auto Road LOS Baseline
PCU/Hr
06:00- 07:00 978 111 956 360 2388 7200 0.332
07:00- 08:00 1025 90 1023 236 2225 7200 0.309
08:00-09:00 1156 86 1056 349 2490 7200 0.346
09:00-10:00 1145 84 1255 389 2617 7200 0.364
10:00-11:00 1023 74 1125 354 2343 7200 0.325
11:00-12:00 980 65 966 366 2195 7200 0.305
12:00-13:00 952 61 922 312 2062 7200 0.286
13:00-14:00 921 60 940 254 1966 7200 0.273
14:00-15:00 989 50 956 269 2015 7200 0.280
15:00-16:00 921 62 888 344 2057 7200 0.286
16:00-17:00 1025 105 790 395 2367 7200 0.329
17:00-18:00 1024 113 860 345 2377 7200 0.330
18:00-19:00 1124 120 1065 386 2660 7200 0.369
19:00-20:00 1223 111 1256 390 2819 7200 0.391
20:00-21:00 1120 103 1175 354 2596 7200 0.361
21:00-22:00 1056 98 1060 260 2339 7200 0.325
22:00-23:00 1024 87 867 256 2156 7200 0.299
Total 17686 1480 17160 5619 39669 122400 5.5
Table 10: Traffic Analysis: Pt. Trilok Chand Marg
Hours Baseline
Capacity of LOS Baseline
Baseline Road
Car Bus/Truck Two-Wheeler Others/Auto
PCU/Hr
06:00- 07:00 1506 74 966 665 3120 7200 0.433

07:00- 08:00 1778 40 1052 569 3167 7200 0.440
08:00-09:00 2050 33 1154 612 3510 7200 0.487
09:00-10:00 2123 38 1254 745 3815 7200 0.530
10:00-11:00 2133 35 1198 856 3917 7200 0.544
11:00-12:00 1789 50 1156 169 2795 7200 0.388
12:00-13:00 1666 62 966 512 3042 7200 0.423
13:00-14:00 2015 58 956 658 3544 7200 0.492
14:00-15:00 2023 60 1054 569 3503 7200 0.487
15:00-16:00 1923 74 1125 562 3493 7200 0.485
16:00-17:00 2020 55 1156 452 3388 7200 0.471
17:00-18:00 2123 60 1026 586 3609 7200 0.501
18:00-19:00 2136 42 1100 666 3674 7200 0.510
19:00-20:00 2255 40 1235 647 3829 7200 0.532
20:00-21:00 2130 36 1125 568 3536 7200 0.491
21:00-22:00 2056 41 1238 578 3553 7200 0.493
22:00-23:00 1856 46 1106 452 3158 7200 0.439
Total 33582 844 18867 9866 58653 122400 8.1
Carrying capacity of Approach Road (Mandir Marg) = 7200 PCU/hrs.
Existing traffic density at Approach Road = 2333 PCU/hrs.
Existing LOS = 0.32
Total Traffic density at Approach Road =Existing traffic density at Approach Road +
proposed traffic at site = 2333+290=2623 PCU /hrs
Carrying capacity of Pt. Trilok Chand Marg= 7200 PCU/hrs.

Existing traffic density at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg =3450 PCU/hrs.
Existing LOS = 0.47
Total Traffic density at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg=Existing traffic density at Pt. Trilok Chand
Marg + proposed traffic at site =3450+290=3740 PCU /hrs.
From the table, it is interpreted that existing capacity of the approach road and Pt. Trilok Chand
Marg is much higher than the proposed traffic volume. Therefore, the traffic to & fro of
commercial complex will not create any traffic congestion.
EXISTING COMPOSITION OF TRAFFIC:

1) Pt. Trilok Chand Marg
Traffic Composition at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg
16%
Car
Bus/Truck
53% Two Wheeler
30%
Others/Auto
1%
Hourly Variation at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
Car Bus/Truck Two Wheeler Others/Auto
2) Approach Road (Mandir Marg)
Traffic Composition at Mandir Marg
13%
Car
42% Bus/Truck
Two Wheeler
41% Others/Auto
4%
Hourly variation at Mandir Marg
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
TRAFFIC VOLUMES ON ROAD NETWORK OUTSIDE THE PROJECT AREA

WITHOUT/ WITH PROJECT
1) Without Proposed Project
Assumptions:
a) Mandir Marg (Approach Road): Assuming traffic flow at this route to be in ratio of
70:30.
b) Pt. Trilok Chand Marg: Assuming traffic movement at this route to be in ratio of
50:50.
a) Existing PCU/Hr at Approach Road: 2333 PCU/Hr

b) Existing PCU/Hr at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg: 3450 PCU/Hr
Source: Consultant Estimates
2) With Proposed Project
a) Pt. Trilok Marg: Assuming traffic flow to be diverted towards Aurobindo Marg.
b) Mandir Marg: Assuming traffic movement at this route to be in ratio of 60:40.
a) Existing PCU/Hr (Mandir Marg, approach road) +Hourly Incremental from the
site= 2333+290= 2623 PCU/Hr
b) Existing PCU/Hr (Pt. Trilok Chand Marg) +Hourly Incremental from the site =
3450+290=3740

Enclosure 16: TEST REPORT
301
Enclosure 17: COMPLIANCE PLAN FOR
CONDITIONS IN ANEXURE XIV OF S.O 3999
(E) DATED 09.12.2016
251
Compliance of gazette notification dated 09.12.2016
S.No ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Compliance
Topography and Natural Drainage
1 The natural drain system should be maintained Natural drain has been maintained for free
for ensuring unrestricted flow of water. flow of water. After expansion same shall be
maintained.
No construction shall be allowed to obstruct

the natural drainage through the site. No Shall be complied
construction is allowed on wetland and water
bodies. Check dams, bio- swales, landscape,
and other sustainable urban drainage systems Shall be complied
(SUDS) are allowed for maintaining the
drainage pattern and to harvest rain water.
Buildings shall be designed to follow the Shall be complied
natural topography as much as possible.
Minimum cutting and filling should be done.
Water conservation - Rain Water Harvesting, and Ground Water Recharge
2 A complete plan for rain water harvesting, Proposal for Rain water harvesting pit has
water efficiency and conservation should be been proposed.
prepared. The local bye-law provisions on rain
Total 14 no. of Rainwater Harvesting shall be
water harvesting should be followed. If local
provided. 3 no. of RWH Pit already
bye-law provisions are not available, adequate
constructed at the site.
provision for storage and recharge should be
followed as per the Ministry of Urban Rain water will be collected in rainwater
Development Model Building Bye- laws, 2016. harvesting pit of size Dia- 3.6m and effective
depth:3.5m.
A rain water harvesting plan needs to be
designed where the recharge bores of
minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 square
meters of built up area and storage capacity of
minimum one day of total fresh water Also, daily fresh water requirement of the
requirement shall be provided. In areas where project is 1809 KLD.
ground water recharge is not feasible, the rain
water should be harvested and stored for
reuse. The ground water shall not be Ground water extraction is being done.
withdrawn without approval from the Permission has been taken from CGWA.
Competent Authority. All recharge should be
limited to shallow aquifer.
2(a) At least 20% of the open spaces as required by 16614.47 Sq. m (28.59% of total plot area )
the local building bye-laws shall be pervious. shall be developed as green area.
Use of Grass pavers, paver blocks with at least
50% opening, landscape etc. would be
considered as pervious surface.
2 (b) Use of water efficient appliances should We are proposing all water efficient
be promoted. Low flow fixture and fixtures for water conservation.
fixtures or sensors be used to promote
water conservation.
2 (c) Separation of grey and black water should Dual Plumbing Plan has been proposed
be done by the use of dual plumbing for separating grey and black water &
system. In case of single stack system reuse of black water in flushing, DG
separate recirculation lines for flushing by cooling, Gardening & Misc.
giving dual plumbing system be done.
Solid Waste Management
3 Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins Waste segregation has been proposed into
must be provided in each unit and at the Green and Blue colored bins for organic
ground level for facilitating segregation of and Recyclable Wastes respectively.
waste. The solid waste will be handled as per the
The provisions of the Solid Waste Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016.
(Management) Rules 2016 and the E- The E-waste will be handled as per the E-
waste (Management) Rules 2016, and the waste (Management) Rules 2016.
The Plastic waste will be handled as per
Plastics Waste (Management) Rules 2016
the Plastic waste (Management) Rules
shall be followed.
2016.
Biomedical waste will be handled as per
the Bio medical waste management 2016.
3 (a) All non-biodegradable waste shall be All non-biodegradable waste will be
handed over to authorized recyclers for handed over to authorized recyclers for
which a written tie up must be done with which a written tie-up will be one with
the authorized recyclers. the authorized recyclers.
3(b) Organic waste composter/Vermiculture 3 number of Organic waste convertor
pit with a minimum capacity of 0.3 shall be installed in each plot to treat the
kg/person/day must be installed. organic waste and to convert in manure.
Sewage Treatment Plant

4 Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of 2 STP each of capacity 1200 KLD will be
treating 100% waste water to be installed. installed for treating domestic waste
Treated waste water shall be reused on water. Treated waste water shall be
site for landscape, flushing, cooling tower, reused on site for landscaping, flushing,
and other end-uses. Excess treated water Misc. and cooling plant.
shall be discharged as per CPCB norms.
Natural treatment systems shall be 2 ETP each of 180 KLD capacity has been
promoted. proposed for treating lab waste water.
Sludge from the onsite sewage treatment, Excess treated water will be discharged
including septic tanks, shall be collected, into sewer as per CPCB norms.
conveyed and disposed as per the
Ministry of Urban Development, Central Sludge generated will be properly
Public Health and Environmental handled as per the Ministry of Urban
Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) Development, Central Public Health and
Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Environmental Engineering Organization
Treatment Systems, 2013. (CPHEEO) Manual on Sewerage and
Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013.
Energy
5 Compliance with the Energy Conservation The building will comply with Energy
Building Code (ECBC) of Bureau of Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) of
Efficiency shall be ensured. Buildings in Bureau of Energy Efficiency wherever
the States which have notified their own feasible.
ECBC, shall comply with the State ECBC.
Outdoor and common area lighting shall Provision of LED lamp instead of GLS
be LED. Concept of passive solar design and HPSV lamp in the common area,
that minimize energy consumption in and for Street light & Façade Light.
buildings by using design elements, such
as building orientation, landscaping, Energy efficient materials will be used in
efficient building envelope, appropriate wall and roof.
fenestration, increased day lighting design
and thermal mass etc. shall be
incorporated in the building design. Wall,
window, and roof u-values shall be as per
ECBC specifications.
5 (a) Solar, wind or other Renewable Energy Solar Panels will be installed for
shall be installed to meet electricity generation of solar water heating.
generation equivalent to 1% of the
demand load or as per the state level/
local building bye-law’s requirement,
whichever is higher.
5 (b) Solar water heating shall be provided to Solar water Heater shall be provided for
meet 20% of the hot water demand of the meeting 20% demand of the complex.
commercial and institutional building or
as per the requirement of the local
building bye-laws, whichever is higher.
Residential buildings are also
recommended to meet its hot water
demand from solar water heaters, as far
as possible.
5 (c) Use of environment friendly materials in Environment friendly materials in bricks,
bricks, blocks and other construction blocks and other construction materials,
materials, shall be required for at least shall be used for construction material.
20% of the construction material quantity.
These include fly-ash bricks, hollow bricks, Fly-ash bricks will also be used as
AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, building material in the construction as
Compressed earth blocks, and other per the provisions of the Fly Ash
environment friendly materials. Notification of September, 1999 as
Fly ash should be used as building material amended from time to time.
in the construction as per the provisions
of the Fly Ash Notification of September,
1999 as amended from time to time.
Air Quality and Noise
6 Dust, smoke & other air pollution Following measures shall be provided to
prevention measures shall be provided for reduce air pollution:
the building as well as the site. These 1) Buildings at the time of the
measures shall include screens for the construction will be
building under construction, continuous properly covered with dust
dust/ wind breaking walls all around the screens.
site (at least 3-meter height). 2) Proper barricading of the
Plastic/tarpaulin sheet covers shall be site upto a height of 3 m will
provided for vehicles bringing in sand, be done at the time of the
cement, murram and other construction construction.
materials prone to causing dust pollution 3) To prevent the dust,
at the site as well as taking out debris from plastic/tarpaulin sheet
the site. Wheel washing for the vehicles covers shall be provided for
used be done. Sand, murram, loose soil, vehicles bringing in sand,
cement, stored on site shall be covered cement, murram and other
adequately so as to prevent dust construction materials.
pollution. Wet jet shall be provided for 4) Wheel washing for the
grinding and stone cutting. Unpaved vehicles will be done at the
surfaces and loose soil shall be adequately entry and exit gates.
sprinkled with water to suppress dust. 5) All C&D debris will be sent
All construction and demolition debris to Approved C&D waste
shall be stored at the site (and not Management facility.
dumped on the roads or open spaces 6) All the workers working at
outside) before they are properly the construction site will be
disposed. All demolition and construction provided with all the safety
waste shall be managed as per the equipment.
provisions of the Construction and
Demolition Waste Rules 2016.
All workers working at the construction
site and involved in loading, unloading,
carriage of construction material and
construction debris or working in any area
with dust pollution shall be provided with
dust mask. For indoor air quality, the
ventilation provisions as per National
Building Code of India.
6 (a) The location of the DG set and exhaust DG sets will be located on the Surface
pipe height shall be as per the provisions and adequate stack height will be
of the CPCB norms. provided as per the CPCB norms.
Green Cover
7 A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sq.mt. A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sq.mt.
of land should be planted and maintained. of land will be planted.
The existing trees will be counted for this
purpose. Preference should be given to Plot Area: 58105.9/80= 726 trees
planting native species.
Proposed trees: 750 trees.
7 (a) Where the trees need to be cut, 110 trees to be cut. Prior permission shall
compensatory plantation in the ratio. be taken form forest department.
Compensatory afforestation of 1:3 (i.e. Compensatory afforestation of 1:3 shall
planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is be done and maintained.
cut) shall be done and maintained.
Top Soil Preservation and Reuse
8 Topsoil should be stripped to a depth of 20 Topsoil excavated will be stockpiled
cm from the areas proposed for buildings, appropriately in designated areas during
roads, paved areas, and external services. plantation of the proposed vegetation
It should be stockpiled appropriately in on site.
designated areas and reapplied during
plantation of the proposed vegetation on
site.
Transport
9 A comprehensive mobility plan, as per
MoUD best practices guidelines (URDPFI),
shall be prepared to include motorized, Project is well connected to Pt. Trilok
non-motorized, public, and private Chand Sharma Marg and Mandir Marg.
networks.
Road should be designed with due Parking norms are as per the local by
consideration for environment, and safety laws.
of users. The road system can be designed
with these basic criteria. Parking Required: 4211 ECS
1. Hierarchy of roads with
Parking Provided: 4933 ECS
proper segregation of
vehicular and pedestrian
traffic.
2. Traffic calming measures.
3. Proper design of entry and exit
points.
4. Parking norms as per local
regulation.
Environment Management Plan
10 An environmental management plan EMP details are already submitted.
(EMP) shall be prepared
implemented to ensure compliance with
the environmental conditions specified in
item number 1 to 9 above. A dedicated
Environment Monitoring Cell with defined
functions and responsibility shall be put in
place to implement the EMP. The
environmental cell shall ensure that the
environment infrastructure like Sewage
Treatment Plant, Landscaping, Rain Water
Harvesting, Energy efficiency and
conservation, water efficiency and
conservation, solid waste management,
renewable energy etc. are kept
operational and meet the required
standards. The environmental cell shall
also keep the record of environment
monitoring and those related to the
environment infrastructure.
Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital and Research Center for Medical Sciences at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New Delhi
Annexure B
The Map showing distance of Asola Wildlife
Sanctuary from the project site

Page
4 of 8
Annexure C
Approved Building PLan

Page
5 of 8
Welcome : RAMAN SIKKA : Wednesday, November 8, 2017 Home | Change Password |Logout | FAQ | User Manual | Sitemap | For Any Support
Personalization Select Theme
Search
Home Home
General Services
Online Building Plan
Bldng. Plan Sanction
Download : --Select Report Version--
Dashboard
Request ID 10041550 Status Permit Fee paid (AE(Hq))
Search
Version 3 In Status
Sanction of Building
Plan Details
SARAL Scheme Buildin
Intimation - Plinth Plan Type Fresh Building Type Institutional - Health
Completion Certifi. Building Sub Type Hospital
Revalidation Risk Type High
Sanction of Revised Property Details
Regularization Zone South Ward lado sarai

Edit User Details Locality south zone
Download Online Paym Plot Area(Square Meter) 60724.900 House Tax Category C
Farm House Regulariz Total Covered Area(Including Stilt &
313729.350 Total FAR 217810.450
Basement Area) *
Property No MODI HOSPITAL Block SAKET
GUJARMAL MODI
HOSPITAL RESEARCH
Address Request Type HQ
CENTER, SAKET, NEW
DELHI
Road width (in meters)
Front 45.00 Rear 0.00
Left 0.00 Right 24.00
Property Tax Paid Offline
G8 Number 97133 Property Tax Paid Date 29/06/2017
Owners Details
Other Owner
Name of Name of Name of

Name of Pin Landline Alternate Upload
S.No the the signature Address Mobile No. Email Id
the Owner Code No Email Id Photo
Director Company Authority
GUJARMAL
MODI
HOSPITAL
GUJARMAL GUJARMAL &
KP
1 MODI MODI RESEARCH 110017 9650490511 [email protected]
KASHYAP
HOSPITAL HOSPITAL CENTRE
FOR
MEDICAL
SCIENCES
Architect/Engineer/Supervisor Details
CA/E/S ID ca/1993/16497 Name RAMAN SIKKA
Landline No. Email ID [email protected]
Mobile No. +91-9810006757 Alternate Email ID
Registration Valid Upto Month December Registration Valid Upto Year 2021
Supervision II (By Registered Engineer / Plumber)
Engineer or Supervisor Engineer
Registration Valid Upto Month December Registration Valid Upto Year 2017
License No. SE-19 Name ISHU MOTWANI
Landline No. Email ID [email protected]
Mobile No. Alternate Email Id
Structural Engineer
License No. SE-19 Name Ishu Motwani
Landline No Email ID [email protected]
Mobile No. 8447022049 Alternate Email ID
OwnerShip Documents
Document Type File View
Lease Deed
Other-LEESE DEED RESIDENTIAL
Other-DDA LETTER FOR ONE PLOT
Attach Drawing documents
Proposed Height of Building 45.000 Meters Mechanical Ventilation YES
Lower Category Benefit in FAR NO
Restricted By Any Govt. Agency NO
Set Back (in mtrs)
Set Back Type As per the approved layout plan
Lower Category Benefit in setback NO
Extension Of Time NO
Front 15.00 Rear 12.00
Side 1 12.00 Side 2 12.00
Basement YES Use of commercial activities NO COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
Parking Standard ECS Requirement 2 ECS /100SQM
Document Type File Name File View

Other Document(BUILDING PLANS 4) 03_BASEMENT_24_08.dwg
Other Document(BUILDING PLANS 3) 001_FINALCOMPLIEDSHEETHALFBUILDING.dwg
Other Document(BUILDING PLANS 2) 900_MaxSubmissionBedBuilding.dwg
Other Document(BUILDING PLANS) 003_COMBINEDSECOND.DWG
Building Plan 10041550_3_001_FINALCOMPLIEDSHEETHALFBUILDING.DWG
Building Plan 10041550_2_001_FINALCOMPLIEDSHEETHALFBUILDING.dwg
Other Plans 10041550_1_900_MaxSubmissionBedBuilding.dwg
Other Plans 10041550_1_900_MaxSubmissionBedBasements.dwg
Other Plans 10041550_1_003_COMBINEDSECOND.dwg
Other Plans 10041550_1_02_BASEMENT.dwg
Building Plan 10041550_1_001_FINALCOMPLIEDSHEETHALFBUILDING.dwg
Layout Plan 10041550_1_004_SITE_LAYOUT_AFTER_DISCUSSION.dwg
8(DDA LETTER FOR ONE PLOT) DDA Letter - One Plot.pdf
8(LEESE DEED RESIDENTIAL) DDA Lease deed Residential.pdf

Departmental NOC
Note 1: CIF NOC is mandatory if number of workers is equal or greater than 9.
Note 2: DFS NOC is mandatory if covered area is equal or greater than 250 sq.m. including basement and slilt.
AAI
NMA
CIF
DFS Changes Done View Submitted NOC
DMRC
DPCC
DUAC Approved By DUAC Department View Submitted NOC
HCC
Tree Falling Permission
NOC Request History Details
SNo Assigned By Assigned On Assigned To Status Completed On Processing Time
1 Started By: ARCHITECT 12/09/2017 21:04:19
2 ARCHITECT 12/09/2017 21:04:19 DFS Pending 25/09/2017 14:03:38 12D:16H:59M:19S
1 Started By: ARCHITECT 12/09/2017 21:04:19
2 ARCHITECT 12/09/2017 21:04:19 DUAC Pending 26/10/2017 11:43:56 43D:14H:39M:37S
3 DFS 25/09/2017 14:03:38 ARCHITECT Refer Back To Architect 07/10/2017 20:53:07 12D:6H:49M:29S
4 ARCHITECT 07/10/2017 20 53 07 DFS Ch D 20/10/2017 15 12 36 12D 18H 19M 29S
Fee Payment Details
Fee Type Payment Mode Amount Draft Number Draft Date Bank Name MICR Code G8 Receipt No Received By Received Date Receipt No
Permit Fee Online 3137300.00 11/08/2017
IN Report
IN Submit
View Confirm Documents
Back
© Municipal Corporation of Delhi (MCD). All Rights Reserved.

ANNEXURE-D
The copy of agreement from approved vender

Page
6 of 8
ANNEXURE-E
The copy of letter from DJB and borewell
permission

Page
7 of 8
ANNEXURE-F
TRAFFIC REPORT

Page
8 of 8
Traffic impact assessment of Gujarmal Modi and Research Centre
for Medical Sciences
,
CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
1.2 Need for study
1.3 Study Objectives
1.4 Scope of Services
1.5 Study Outputs
2.0 DATA COLLECTION

Primary Data
Secondary Data
3.0 DATA ANALYSIS

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND
Gujarmal Modi Hospital & Research Centre was established in year 1991. Thereafter due to
increase in requirement of beds and space for patients an expansion of existing building has
been proposed at the intersection of pandit Trilok Chand Marg and Mandir Marg.
Both the roads are arterials are designed to carry heavy traffic volumes during peak hours at an
acceptable Level of Service. The addition of traffic from adjacent land uses must not affect the
carrying capacity of these Arterial roads. Also, the traffic on arterial roads must not affect the
access and value of the properties adjacent to the road. This is the essence of Traffic impact
assessment study.
M
M
Mandir Marg
Outer Ring Road
Figure 1: Project location shown on google earth
Latitude 28°31’40.27" N
Longitude 77°12’50.46"E
1.2 NEED FOR STUDY

The project site is likely to add significant number of trips, especially during the peak hours in
addition to the existing traffic. This may lead to conflict with the traffic on the arterial street
outside the site leading to congestion on the access roads emanating from the project site as
well as the arterial road along it. Also, the traffic on the arterial streets may affect the access to
the project, causing delays affect safety, thereby lowering its attractiveness to the users /
residents of the complex. A need exists to examine the likely traffic impact and suggest
mitigating measures to minimize the impact.
1.3 STUDY OBJECTIVES

• To estimate the traffic generated from project site the surrounding road network.
• To identify the impact of generated traffic from site on Level of Service of
approach roads
• To suggest mitigating measures to minimize the traffic impact.
1.4 SCOPE OF SERVICES AND DATA COLLECTION

a) Data Collection and Survey:
The traffic surveys have been conducted for 17 hours to assess travel characteristics of Pandit
Trilok Chand Marg and Mandir Marg. Survey of the roads has been conducted by estimating
the trips generated from project site using parking data and also Estimating the present traffic
densities and parking capabilities.
b) Secondary Data:
• Use the master plan to estimate the trips generated from area within 1 km radius around
the project.
• Statistical data
• Socio economic and Demographic data from District Census Handbook
• Suitable assumptions have also been taken based on experience of consultant with
similar projects.
c) Analysis:
• Appreciation of impact on the Level of Services outside
• Preparation of De-congestion plan which is to be certified and approved by the
State Urban Development and Transport Department.
2. DATA COLLECTION AND SURVEY
A. Secondary Data
As per 2001 Census, NCT of Delhi had a total population of 138 lakh. NCT Delhi is highly
urbanized with 93.18% of its population living in urban areas as against the national average
27.81%. During 1991-2001, the urban population of Delhi increased at 3.87% annual growth
rate. With the continuation of the present population trend, the total population of NCTD by
the year 2011 and 2021 would be 182 lakhs and 225 lakhs respectively. Envisaging a balanced
regional development, the population for the NCTD has been projected as under:
• Population details:
The population assignment stipulated in the regional Plan-2021 for the National Capital region
(NCR) and National Capital Territory of Delhi (NCTD) are as given below:
Table 1: Population Assignment-2021
Area Population
NCR 641.38
NCTD 220-230
Source: NCR Plan-2021
• Population Estimates at Five Year Intervals:

The population estimates for NCTD at five-year intervals are given in the following table:
Table 2: Five Yearly estimates of Projected Population

Year Population (in lakh)
2001 138.0
2006 162.0
2011 182.0
2016 199.0
2021 230.0
Source: Census of India and projections by DDA Sub-Group (MPD-2021)
• Natural Growth and Inmigration:

There has been increase in natural growth from 55.80% in 1981 to 59.21% in 1991 and 60.18%
in 2001 and decrease in the net migrants from 44.20% in 1981 to 40.78% in 1991 and 39.82%
in 2001. However, a reduction in the rate of natural growth and increase in migration between
2001 and 2021 is envisaged in the MPD 2021. The net increase of population in NCT-Delhi is
given below:
Table 3: Population in NCT-Delhi
Year Addition by Natural Increase by Net Increase (in
growth Migration lakh)
1981 12.0 9.52 21.54
(55.8%) (44.2%) (100%)
1991 18.9 13.05 32.0
(59.2%) (40.8%) (100%)
2001 26.66 17.64 44.30
(60.18%) (39.82%) (100%)
2011 24.2 20.0 44.2
(54.8%) (45.2%) (100%)
2021 24.0 24.0 48.0
(50%) (50%) (100%)
Note: Figures in brackets indicate percentage to total net increase
(Source: Census of India and projection by DDA Sub-group (MPD-2021))
• Vehicle Registration Data
Table 4: -Registered motor vehicles in the city
Year Year Year Year

2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
2 Ambulance 142 76 73 63 354
3 Bus 1254 1023 702 877 3856
4 Cash Van 0 0 0 36 36
Educational Institution
6 0 0 0 2 2
Bus
7 e-Rickshaw(P) 0 0 8557 20566 29123
e-Rickshaw with Cart
8 0 0 0 48 48
(G)
10 Goods Carrier 11465 13824 14944 11503 51736
12 Luxury Cab 363 452 316 126 1257
13 Maxi Cab 1560 1847 1888 879 6174
14 M-Cycle/Scooter 337835 372462 431184 443417 1584898
M-Cycle/Scooter-With
15 26 27 69 70 192
Side Car
17 Moped 5754 6008 4273 5361 21396
18 Motor Cab 5841 9509 24128 26836 66314

19 Motor Car 157789 169813 171520 157513 656635
Motorised Cycle (CC >
20 0 0 2 5 7
25cc)
Private Service Vehicle
21 0 0 3 0 3
(Individual Use)
22 Omni Bus 0 0 0 19 19
24 Three-Wheeler (Goods) 2325 2647 16014 3921 24907
Three-Wheeler
25 4955 10486 9 9871 25321
(Passenger)
Three-Wheeler
26 4 8 0 3 15
(Personal)
Total 529566 588349 673932 681275 2473122
Vehicle Registration Data

500000
450000
400000
350000
300000
250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0
M-Cycle/Scooter-With…
Three Wheeler…
Three Wheeler…
Motorised Cycle (CC >…
Private Service Vehicle…
Educational Institution…
Invalid Carriage
Tractor (Commercial)
Bus
Maxi Cab
Crane Mounted Vehicle
Luxury Cab
e-Rickshaw with Cart (G)
Mobile Workshop
Goods Carrier
Cash Van
e-Rickshaw(P)
Motor Cab
Recovery Vehicle
Fire Fighting Vehicle
M-Cycle/Scooter
Omni Bus
Agricultural Tractor
Ambulance
Moped
Motor Car
Three Wheeler (Goods)
Year Year Year Year

2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
B. Primary Data
• Traffic Survey:
a) Methodology:
To monitor the traffic near the site for 17-hours between 6:00 to 23:00 for 1 day at
Pandit Trilok Chand Sharma Marg and Mandir Marg (Approach Road) connecting from
the site.
b) Study Area: To assess traffic near the site

Road 1: Pandit Trilok Chand Sharma Marg and Mandir Marg (Approach Road)
Road 2: Mandir Marg (Approach Road)
Total Vehicles registered Catg./ Year-wise during 01-apr-2013 to 25-mar-2017

(Excl. NOC taken/ Scarpped Vehicle/ Surrendered RC/ RC Cancellation)
Year Year Year Year

2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
2 Ambulance 142 76 73 63 354
3 Bus 1254 1023 702 877 3856
4 Cash Van 0 0 0 36 36
6 Educational Institution Bus 0 0 0 2 2
7 e-Rickshaw(P) 0 0 8557 20566 29123
8 e-Rickshaw with Cart (G) 0 0 0 48 48
10 Goods Carrier 11465 13824 14944 11503 51736

12 Luxury Cab 363 452 316 126 1257
13 Maxi Cab 1560 1847 1888 879 6174
14 M-Cycle/Scooter 337835 372462 431184 443417 1584898
15 M-Cycle/Scooter-With Side Car 26 27 69 70 192
17 Moped 5754 6008 4273 5361 21396
18 Motor Cab 5841 9509 24128 26836 66314
19 Motor Car 157789 169813 171520 157513 656635
20 Motorised Cycle (CC > 25cc) 0 0 2 5 7
21 Private Service Vehicle (Individual Use) 0 0 3 0 3
22 Omni Bus 0 0 0 19 19
24 Three Wheeler (Goods) 2325 2647 16014 3921 24907
25 Three Wheeler (Passenger) 4955 10486 9 9871 25321
26 Three Wheeler (Personal) 4 8 0 3 15
28 sum 529566 588349 673932 681275 2473122
Figure 4: Map showing locations of traffic survey

1 Car 1
2 Two-wheeler 0.5
3 Private bus 2.2
4 Auto 1.2
5 LCV 2
3. DATA ANALYSIS:
Step 1: (to assess traffic near the site)
Traffic near the site was monitored for 17-hours between 6:00 to 23:00 at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg and approach road (Mandir Marg) connecting
from the site.
Table 9: Traffic Analysis: Approach Road, Mandir Marg
Hours Baseline
Baseline Capacity of
Car Bus/Truck Two-Wheeler Others/Auto Road LOS Baseline
PCU/Hr
06:00- 07:00 978 111 956 360 2388 7200 0.332
07:00- 08:00 1025 90 1023 236 2225 7200 0.309
08:00-09:00 1156 86 1056 349 2490 7200 0.346
09:00-10:00 1145 84 1255 389 2617 7200 0.364
10:00-11:00 1023 74 1125 354 2343 7200 0.325
11:00-12:00 980 65 966 366 2195 7200 0.305
12:00-13:00 952 61 922 312 2062 7200 0.286
13:00-14:00 921 60 940 254 1966 7200 0.273
14:00-15:00 989 50 956 269 2015 7200 0.280
15:00-16:00 921 62 888 344 2057 7200 0.286
16:00-17:00 1025 105 790 395 2367 7200 0.329
17:00-18:00 1024 113 860 345 2377 7200 0.330
18:00-19:00 1124 120 1065 386 2660 7200 0.369
19:00-20:00 1223 111 1256 390 2819 7200 0.391
20:00-21:00 1120 103 1175 354 2596 7200 0.361
21:00-22:00 1056 98 1060 260 2339 7200 0.325
22:00-23:00 1024 87 867 256 2156 7200 0.299
Total 17686 1480 17160 5619 39669 122400 5.5
Table 10: Traffic Analysis: Pt. Trilok Chand Marg
Hours Baseline
Capacity of LOS Baseline
Baseline Road
Car Bus/Truck Two-Wheeler Others/Auto
PCU/Hr
06:00- 07:00 1506 74 966 665 3120 7200 0.433

07:00- 08:00 1778 40 1052 569 3167 7200 0.440
08:00-09:00 2050 33 1154 612 3510 7200 0.487
09:00-10:00 2123 38 1254 745 3815 7200 0.530
10:00-11:00 2133 35 1198 856 3917 7200 0.544
11:00-12:00 1789 50 1156 169 2795 7200 0.388
12:00-13:00 1666 62 966 512 3042 7200 0.423
13:00-14:00 2015 58 956 658 3544 7200 0.492
14:00-15:00 2023 60 1054 569 3503 7200 0.487
15:00-16:00 1923 74 1125 562 3493 7200 0.485
16:00-17:00 2020 55 1156 452 3388 7200 0.471
17:00-18:00 2123 60 1026 586 3609 7200 0.501
18:00-19:00 2136 42 1100 666 3674 7200 0.510
19:00-20:00 2255 40 1235 647 3829 7200 0.532
20:00-21:00 2130 36 1125 568 3536 7200 0.491
21:00-22:00 2056 41 1238 578 3553 7200 0.493
22:00-23:00 1856 46 1106 452 3158 7200 0.439
Total 33582 844 18867 9866 58653 122400 8.1
Carrying capacity of Approach Road (Mandir Marg) = 7200 PCU/hrs.
Existing traffic density at Approach Road = 2333 PCU/hrs.
Existing LOS = 0.32
Total Traffic density at Approach Road =Existing traffic density at Approach Road +
proposed traffic at site = 2333+290=2623 PCU /hrs
Carrying capacity of Pt. Trilok Chand Marg= 7200 PCU/hrs.

Existing traffic density at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg =3450 PCU/hrs.
Existing LOS = 0.47
Total Traffic density at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg=Existing traffic density at Pt. Trilok Chand
Marg + proposed traffic at site =3450+290=3740 PCU /hrs.
From the table, it is interpreted that existing capacity of the approach road and Pt. Trilok Chand
Marg is much higher than the proposed traffic volume. Therefore, the traffic to & fro of
commercial complex will not create any traffic congestion.
EXISTING COMPOSITION OF TRAFFIC:

1) Pt. Trilok Chand Marg
Traffic Composition at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg
16%
Car
Bus/Truck
53% Two Wheeler
30%
Others/Auto
1%
Hourly Variation at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
2) Approach Road (Mandir Marg)
Traffic Composition at Mandir Marg
13%
Car
42% Bus/Truck
Two Wheeler
41% Others/Auto
4%
Hourly variation at Mandir Marg
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
TRAFFIC VOLUMES ON ROAD NETWORK OUTSIDE THE PROJECT AREA

WITHOUT/ WITH PROJECT
1) Without Proposed Project
Assumptions:
a) Mandir Marg (Approach Road): Assuming traffic flow at this route to be in ratio of
70:30.
b) Pt. Trilok Chand Marg: Assuming traffic movement at this route to be in ratio of
50:50.
a) Existing PCU/Hr at Approach Road: 2333 PCU/Hr

b) Existing PCU/Hr at Pt. Trilok Chand Marg: 3450 PCU/Hr
2) With Proposed Project
a) Pt. Trilok Marg: Assuming traffic flow to be diverted towards Aurobindo Marg.
b) Mandir Marg: Assuming traffic movement at this route to be in ratio of 60:40.
a) Existing PCU/Hr (Mandir Marg, approach road) +Hourly Incremental from the
site= 2333+290= 2623 PCU/Hr
b) Existing PCU/Hr (Pt. Trilok Chand Marg) +Hourly Incremental from the site =
3450+290=3740

08 Nov 2017 182450743EJR0QBDGADSGujarmal PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

08 Nov 2017 182450743EJR0QBDGADSGujarmal PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

08 Nov 2017 182450743EJR0QBDGADSGujarmal PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Expansion of Gujarmal Modi Hospital and Research Center for Medical Sciences at Press Enclave Road, Saket, New

PROJECT PROPONENT: ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT:

Proposal NO: IA/DL/NCP/63681/2017

Being Developed by:

LIST OF FIGURES ........................................................................................................................5

LIST OF TABLES ..........................................................................................................................6

ENCLOSURE 1: FORM 1 & 1A....................................................................................................8

ENCLOSURE 2: TOR LETTER ................................................................................................. 49

ENCLOSURE 3: TOR COMPLIANCE ...................................................................................... 53

ENCLOSURE 4: ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT ................................. 58

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................59

ENCLOSURE 5: TOR LETTER ............................................................................................... 239

ENCLOSURE 6: LAND PAPERS ............................................................................................. 240

ENCLOSURE 7: TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP ............................................................................ 241

ENCLOSURE 8: SITE LAYOUT PLAN ................................................................................... 242

ENCLOSURE 9: CONSENT TO ESTABLISH......................................................................... 243

ENCLOSURE 10: CONSENT TO OPERATE .......................................................................... 244

ENCLOSURE 11: HSD LICENSE ............................................................................................ 245

ENCLOSURE 12: SERVICE PLAN .......................................................................................... 246

ENCLOSURE 13: LANDSCAPE PLAN ................................................................................... 247

ENCLOSURE 14: AIR DISPERSION REPORT ...................................................................... 248

ENCLOSURE 15: TRAFFIC REPORT .................................................................................... 249

ENCLOSURE 16: TEST REPORT ........................................................................................... 250

(I) Basic Information

Name Kamalapati Kashyap

S. Information/Checklist Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate

1.1 Permanent or temporary Yes It is an expansion of Existing hospital

1.2 Clearance of existing Yes Hospital already exists and construction

1.5 Construction works? Construction will be done as per Master

1.8 Above ground buildings, Yes Existing Building: Maximum construction

1.9 Underground works No Not applicable

1.10 Reclamation works? No Not applicable

1.11 Dredging? No Not applicable

1.12 Offshore structures? No Not applicable

1.13 Production and No No production or manufacturing will be

1.15 Facilities for treatment During Construction phase:

Construction debris like Concrete will be

Yes reused for backfilling & waterproofing for

1.17 New road, rail or sea

1.18 New road, rail, air No Railway Station

1.19 Closure or diversion of No No such closure or diversion of existing

1.22 Stream crossings? No No stream crosses the project site.

1.24 Changes in water bodies There will be no changes in water bodies on

1.25 Transport of personnel Yes During Construction phase:

1.26 Long-term dismantling No Not Applicable

1.27 Ongoing activity during No Not Applicable

Type Existing Total

In patients 260 2103

Working Staff & 1500 11000

Total 4260 37718

1.29 Introduction of alien No There is no history of alien species at the

1.30 Loss of native species or No There will be no loss in native species or

1.31 Any other actions? No Not Applicable

S.No. Information/checklist Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate

S. Information/Checklist Yes/No Details there of (with approximate

In patients 260 2103

Working Staff & 1500 11000

Visitors 2500 21740

Total 4260 37718

LU Manoj Pant * *

AQ Nipun Bhargava * *

WP Neha Aggarwal * *

EB Dr. Purba Chatterji * *